Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Espey Mfg. & Electronics Corp. / FY2021 Annual Report

Espey Mfg. & Electronics Corp.
Annual Report 2021

ESP · AMEX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ESP
Exchange AMEX
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 148
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Espey Mfg. & Electronics Corp.
Loading PDF…
E

m

p

i

r

i

c

S

t

u

d

E

n

t

p

r

o

p

E

r

t

y

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

A

l

r

E

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

S

2

0

2

1

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Safe, homely  
and modern  
living spaces

Strategic report

001  Highlights
002  Chairman’s Statement
004  At a Glance
006  Our Market
010  Business Model
012  Our Strategy
018  Chief Executive Officer’s Review
028  Key Performance Indicators
030  CFO and CSO Statement
034  Responsible Business
041  Stakeholders
048  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
049  Going Concern – 
Viability Statement

Governance report

054  Board of Directors
056  Chairman’s Introduction to

 Corporate Governance and 
Corporate Governance Statement

063  Nomination Committee Report
064  Audit and Risk Committee Report
066 

 Statement from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee
068  Remuneration Committee Report
071  Annual Report on Remuneration
078  Directors’ Report
080  Directors’ Responsibilities 

Financial Statements

082 
087 

Independent Auditor’s Report
 Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income

091 

090 

088  Group Statement of Financial Position
089 
 Company Statement of Financial 
Position
 Group Statement of Changes  
in Equity
 Company Statement of Changes  
in Equity
 Group Statement of Cash Flows
 Notes to the Financial Statements
 Definitions
  Company Information and  
Corporate Advisers

092 
093 
118 
120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

our 
approach

Customer  
proposition
We provide fully serviced, 
modern but characterful 
student homes,  
that are safe and convenient, 
within a friendly and 
supportive community 
environment

Mission
To build and operate clusters  
of high-quality student 
homes in desirable locations, 
that create vibrant 
communities for discerning 
customers, and in doing so 
deliver attractive 
shareholder returns

Responsibility
We are inclusive and 
thoughtful about ESG, 
embedding throughout our 
business and strategy, 
thereby creating long-term 
sustainable value for all our 
stakeholders

Guided by  
our purpose  
and mission

and underpinned  
by our culture and  
ESG approach

delivering sustainable 
value

Long-term  
success and
stakeholder value
We create long-term 
sustainable value for  
all our stakeholders

Purpose
To help students make  
the most of their university 
life by providing safe and 
modern living spaces with 
service that makes them  
feel at home

Culture
Our team are our key area of 
focus; by working together 
we deliver a safe, friendly 
environment and high-quality 
personalised service for  
our customers

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

001

StrAtEGic rEport

Highlights

We are seeing improving trends in demand 
and occupancy for 2022/23 academic year 
with bookings to date broadly returning to 
pre-COVID-19 levels. We are increasingly 
encouraged by the outlook for our business  
and the wider sector.

Financial
revenue

£56.0m

(2020 — £59.4m 

Change — (6)% 

Gross margin (%)1

58.8%

2020 — 61.9% 

Change — (5)% 

Adjusted Earnings per Share 1

1.65p

2020 — 2.30p 

Change — (28)% 

property Valuation

£1,022m

2020 — £1,005m 

Change — 2% 

net Asset Value per Share (p) 

107.4p

2020 — 105.0p 

Change — 2% 

total return (%) 1

4.6%

2020 — (3.6) 

Change — (228)% 

loan to Value (%) 1

33.1%

2020 — 35.4% 

Change — (6)% 

operational

Strategy in action

Throughout the pandemic, we have taken a 
supportive approach to our students’ situation, granting 
later check-ins, deferments, cost-free cancellations and 
refunds. Online reviews suggest this has helped enhance 
our brand reputation and drive future customer acquisition.
 –
In November 2020, we successfully launched our 
new revenue management system and all bookings for 
the academic year 2021/22 are now managed in-house. 
We expect this to deliver annualised cost savings of about  
£1.5 million per annum from September 2021 onwards as 
well as increase customer acquisition and revenue.
 –
and undertook a detailed materiality assessment deriving 
our four key pillars which we will focus on. 
 –
than 2035 after completing a detailed assessment.
 –
the key commercial priorities for the Group, which we are 
confident will further strengthen the Group’s position: 
actively managing our property portfolio; strengthening 
our brand proposition; driving performance through data 
analytics; delivering consistently high customer service; 
and developing our people.

We are announcing our net zero target of no later 

We established an ESG Committee at Board level 

We continue to make good progress on all five of 

Financial

Our financial performance has continued to be 

Sale of four assets for £18 million completed during 

materially impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. We have 
explained the impact of COVID-19 on our results on  
page 30. 
 –
the year in line with our portfolio realignment strategy, 
leading to a £1.7 million profit on disposal.
 –
 We were pleased to resume dividend payments  
in Q4 2021 with a payment of 2.5p. In 2022, we intend  
to start paying a minimum dividend of 2.5p per share  
per annum, with a view to increasing this as occupancy 
levels normalise.

Further sale of five assets completed post year  

post year end
 –
end for proceeds of £27 million in line with our portfolio 
realignment strategy.
 –
Purchase of Bristol Market Quarter for £19 million 
which helps to build out our presence in a key target city.
 –
As at 2 March 2022 bookings of 36% for the 
2022/23 academic year (20% for the 2021/22 academic 
year as at 16 March 2021).

— 
customers: 
Caring for our customers  
on page 14.

— 
people and operations: 
Supporting our people  
on page 16.

1 - Adjusted Performance Measure (“APM”) see page 117 for definitions and 
see Note 8 for definition and calculation of Adjusted Earnings per share. 
See Note 31 for calculation of remaining APMs.

— 
Buildings: 
Refurbishing our key assets 
on page 24.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

002

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

chairman’s Statement

driving  
sustainable 
value 

We have made good progress on actively 
managing our portfolio, with asset sales 
during the year and an acquisition post 
year end. We have continued to support 
our students as well as resuming dividend 
payments, announcing new Group targets 
and strengthening our team.

mArK pAin 

Non-Executive Chairman 
2 March 2022

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

003

StrAtEGic rEport

Board Appointments and Succession 

On 27 September 2021, we announced that 
Jim Prower would be stepping down from his role 
as Senior Independent Director of the Company 
with effect from 1 October 2021, as part of a planned 
succession process. Jim had served on the Board 
for over seven years, providing valuable insights 
and supporting the financial and operational 
transformation of the Group. The Board has 
benefitted significantly from his expertise, 
commitment and wise counsel and Jim leaves with 
our very best wishes for the future.

On 1 October 2022, Martin Ratchford was 

appointed to the Board as an independent 
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee. Martin brings a wealth of invaluable 
real estate and finance experience, having held a 
range of senior finance and leadership roles in a 
number of UK and International real estate 
companies.

Also, on 1 October 2022, Alice Avis was 

appointed Senior Independent Director.

The Board effectiveness review (see page 
60 for more details) concluded that the Board and 
its Committees continued to operate effectively 
throughout 2021.

dividends 

On 29 October 2021, the Board announced 

its intention to recommence dividend payments 
which were suspended in March 2020 due to the 
uncertainty arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. On  
3 December 2021, a payment of 2.5 pence per 
share was made. The payment comprised the  
PID distribution requirement of 1 pence per share 
for the 2019 financial year and 1.5 pence per share 
for 2020.

Regular dividend payments have been 
reinstated from 1 January 2022, paid quarterly, fully 
covered, and progressive in nature. Given our 
current assessment of our 2021/22 academic year 
revenue levels, and assuming no further adverse 
impact from the pandemic, the Board is expecting 
to pay a minimum dividend of 2.5 pence per share 
per annum in 2022 with a view to increasing this as 
occupancy levels normalise.

AGm

Our 2022 AGM will be held on 23 May 2022. 

Further details about the AGM will be provided in 
the AGM Notice.

looking Forward 

Whilst near-term uncertainty, caused by the 

COVID-19 pandemic, remains, we are seeing 
improving trends in demand and occupancy in our 
target market. We are making good progress in 
implementing our revised strategy, our senior 
leadership team is now fully in place and the 
operational transformation of the business is now 
complete. We have recommenced dividend 
payments, albeit at prudent levels, and remain 
committed to a policy of progressive, fully covered 
dividend payments going forward. We remain 
confident that we have the right proposition, 
targeted at the right market segment, and can see 
robust and consistent future growth. 

2021 was a difficult year. 
COVID-19 having had a full  
12-month impact on occupancy, 
and, as a result, our financial 
performance (see page 30). 
However, we have made good 
progress in implementing our 
strategic priorities laid out  
last year, we have continued  
to strengthen our leadership 
team, and have successfully 
completed the full insourcing  
of the business. 

Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”)

At the core of our proposition is a 
commitment to create a sustainable, positive, 
environmental, social and economic legacy for all 
our stakeholders.

During 2020 we created a Board-level ESG 

Committee, tasked with providing a road map to 
deliver a significant step change in our approach to 
ESG. 

I am delighted that Lynne Fennah, our 
experienced CFO and COO, has been appointed 
our Chief Sustainability Officer, relinquishing her 
COO role, bringing a real focus to ESG whilst 
ensuring that we continue to deliver a sustainable 
business for all stakeholders.

During 2021 we completed our first formal 

materiality assessment where we identified our four 
key topics which we will build our ESG Road map 
around. We can also announce that we will target 
becoming net zero within our business by 2035 
(pages 34 to 41 have more detail on our approach 
to ESG).

Health and Safety 

Health and Safety remains a critical area of 
attention for your Board. Having insourced our FM 
activities we have complete control of our health 
and safety environment. We continue to enhance 
our monitoring and make our buildings as safe as 
possible. We continue to focus, in particular, on 
ensuring that our approach to fire safety takes full 
cognisance of current and emerging best practice 
(see page 22 for more detail on health and safety). 

our people 

Our continued progress is only possible 

because of the dedication and ability of all of our 
people. I would like to thank everyone in our 
business for their contribution over the past year. 
Our people are extremely important, they are at the 
heart of our customer proposition and at the core of 
us living our brand. Our 2021 colleague 
engagement survey showed engagement scores of 
82% as set out on page 22.

Our Colleague Forum, formed of colleagues 
across the Group, met a number of times during the 
year to discuss a variety of topics. 

occupancy levels as at 28 
February 2022 for the  
2021/22 academic year

84%

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

004

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

At a Glance

Home from  
home

Empiric offers students safe 
and welcoming places where 
they want to live and we  
help them thrive, learn and 
succeed. our high-quality 
studio-led properties and 
customer services are some 
of the best in the market and 
our people get to know our 
students well, so we provide 
a more responsive service 
and support students on their 
journeys. this approach – 
combined with the smaller 
size and individual character 
of our buildings – helps to 
foster a strong sense of 
community, encouraging 
students to stay with us in 
future years. in short, we 
offer our students a home 
from home.

—
See more on our portfolio in the CEO’s 
Review on page 19.

Group Key Stats 

295Employees

Beds contracted by region 
as at 31 December 2021

As at 31 december 2021:

revenue Generating Assets

Scale is representative of beds  
contracted in region

Scotland
1,167

north East
261

north West
1,457

yorkshire
1,041

West  
midlands
1,866

South East
1,417

Wales
519

South West
1,442

87(31 December 2020: 91)

cities and towns

29(31 December 2020: 29)

Assets contracted

91(31 December 2020: 95)

Beds contracted

9,170

(31 December 2020: 9,396)

7years in operation 92%of portfolio by value considered prime real estate or better

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

005

StrAtEGic rEport

reasons to invest 

1
Differentiated Business Model within 
the popular pBSA property Sector
We target investment in prime regional cities which attract 
students from the growing pool of affluent international, 
postgraduate and returning undergraduates, whose  
premium accommodation requirements are relatively 
under-served by the PBSA market. This segmented supply 
and demand imbalance drives both occupancy and rental 
growth, creating relatively high-yielding investments 
providing attractive total returns.

5
Socially and Environmentally 
responsible
We are a company who is socially and environmentally 
responsible. We have set an ambitious net zero target  
of no later than 2035 and have ring fenced capital to  
invest in ESG projects in the future.

—

Read more on page 21.

—

Read more on page 34.

2
responsible and industry-leading 
operating Brand
Hello Student®, our operating brand, has become one  
of the most effective, responsible and recognisable in the 
sector. In the 2021 National Student Housing Survey,  
Hello Student® outperformed all benchmarks for student 
satisfaction, exceeding the average for university and  
private halls. We achieved a positive NPS score of 22; 
a higher score compared to the NPS benchmarks for  
private halls of 20. We pride ourselves on high quality 
customer service and amenities.

6
progressive culture Embedded  
by core Values and purpose
We believe in our strong culture which is supported  
by the core values we live by each day throughout  
the business from the Board down.

—

Read more on page 21.

—

Read more on page 26.

3
Sustainable long-term  
Business model
There has been consistently strong growth in student 
numbers over the past decade, with the UK demographic 
turning positive from 2021. This, coupled with the 
government’s strong support for international student growth, 
gives us a strengthening market to operate in.

—
Read more on page 10.

4
delivering attractive sustainable 
shareholder returns
Targeting, when occupancy normalises, a Gross Margin  
over 70% and a Total Return of 7%-9%.

—
Read more on page 12.

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

006

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

our market

A resilient 
sector

58%

only 58% of demand for 
pBSA is currently being 
met

In 2021, the PBSA sector rebounded from the 
COVID-19 pandemic in a buoyant fashion, driven by 
the underlying growth in the UK’s full-time (“FT”) 
student population. Confidence is returning to the 
market following reduced low occupancy rates in 
2020/21 as learning shifted online and restrictions 
on travel were implemented due to COVID-19. 
International mobility has been impacted by the 
pandemic, but the PBSA sector has remained much 
more resilient than analysts had initially projected. 
Domestic students partially filled the void left by 
international students, while in some markets, 
certain groups of international students rose to 
boost overall occupancy rates. 

Remote study has worked for many students, 

although it is a weak substitute for on-campus 
tuition and the holistic student experience. As a 
result, PBSA occupancy rates recovered 
considerably in 2021 as restrictions gradually lifted. 
At the end of Q3 2021, JLL reported that 90% of 
beds were leased for the 2021/22 academic year, 
compared with 83% for the comparative period in 
2020/21.

In the year to September 2021, the CBRE 
PBSA Index reported total returns of 7.7% for the 
250 assets in the index; 2.8% higher than in 2020. 
Capital value growth for PBSA assets recovered 
from -0.4% in the year to September 2020 to 2.2% 
in 2021. Notably, capital growth in Super Prime 
Regional markets grew from 0.3% in the year to 
September 2020 to 4.7% in the same period to 
September 2021. The performance gap between 
the regional markets (Super Prime and Prime) and 
Central London narrowed. Assets in the capital 
achieved total returns that were 0.3% higher than 
those in the regions, a fall from the 2%-4% 
outperformance seen over the previous four years, 
mainly due to falling net income return for London 
assets. Assets in Secondary locations saw capital 
values fall again in 2021, but not as dramatically as 
in 2020. The Empiric portfolio is well aligned to the 
best-performing locations with 92% by value 
classified as either London, Super Prime Regional or 
Prime Regional in the December 2021 portfolio 
valuation, compared with 86% in December 2020. 

the Empiric portfolio is well 
aligned to the high-growth 
locations with 

92%

by value classified as either 
london, Super prime regional 
or prime regional

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

007

StrAtEGic rEport

1

Strengthening 
Student 
demographics 

increase in ucAS 
Applicants for 2021/22 
academic year

3%

In UCAS’s latest End of Cycle Report, 
strengthening demand statistics for the 2021 
admissions cycle were published. In 2021, 749,570 
students applied to higher education institutions in 
the UK; 20,790 students (+2.9%) higher than 2020. 
Applications from non-EU domiciled students rose 
12.8% to 111,255, somewhat offsetting the significant 
fall in applications from EU domiciled students, 
which fell 40.1% to 31,670. 

Overall student acceptances fell slightly from 
a record in 2020, with 562,060 students accepted 
by higher education institutions, mainly due to a 
50% fall in acceptances from EU students. However, 
only higher tariff providers reported year-on-year 
growth in acceptances (1.33%), with both medium 
and lower tariff providers reporting declines of 
3.72% and 1.88% respectively. 

Following Brexit, the UK left the EU’s 
Erasmus+ scheme in 2020, before which it was the 
fourth most popular destination for Erasmus+ 
students. The UK created the “Turing Scheme” as a 
replacement for UK domiciled students, but the 
scheme does not provide reciprocal funding for UK 
inbound placements. Acceptances from UK and 
non-EU domiciled students rose by 6,605 (+1.4%) 
and 1,275 (+2.4%) respectively. In 2020, UCAS 
reported 24% and 35% year-on-year increases in 
applicants from China and India respectively with 

growing demand from the USA. This trend 
continued in 2021, with Chinese applicants growing 
by a further 4,135 (+15.8%) and India by 1,980 
(+21.7%). Demand from overseas students is 
predicted to continue growing as the appeal of UK 
higher education institutions strengthens and levels 
of household wealth in these countries rise. Savills  
report that between 2021 and 2026, the number of 
households earning above $70,000 per annum is 
forecast to grow annually by 13% in China and 24% 
in India. 

Growing domestic demand for places at UK 

higher education institutions has been fuelled by 
sustained growth in the UK’s 18-year-old population 
and increasing participation rates. UCAS reports 
that the proportion of UK domiciled 18-year-olds 
accepted by UK providers increased from 37% in 
2020 to 38% in 2021, the ninth consecutive 
year-on-year increase. The demographic surge is 
expected to increase the number of 18-year-olds in 
the UK by over 160,000 in the next decade. 
Postgraduate courses are also becoming 
increasingly popular. HESA report that 468,575 
students enrolled on a full-time postgraduate 
course in the UK in AY 2020/21; 16% higher than the 
previous year. Enrolments from non-EU domiciled 
postgraduates also rose by 16%.

Student demographics

Domicile

2020

2021

Change

% 
Change

2020

2021

Change

% 
Change

Applicants

Acceptances

UK

EU

577,260

606,645

29,385

5.1

485,400

492,005

6,605

1.4

52,865

31,670

-21,195

-40.1

32,320

16,025

-16,295

-50.4

Non-EU 98,660

111,255

12,595

total

728,785

749,570

20,785

12.8

2.9

52,755

54,030

1,275

570,475

562,060

-8,415

2.4

-1.5

Source: UCAS End of Cycle Report 2021 

2

pBSA development 
pipeline – 
constrained Supply

The demand-supply imbalance of high-
quality assets in the prime locations market remains. 
According to research combining HESA 2019/20 
data and PBSA supply for 2021/22, only 58% of 
demand for PBSA is currently being met, 66% 
including consented pipeline. The UK market has 
seen development volume recover significantly as 
students return to campus. Over 30,000 beds were 
completed in 2021, more than double the 14,000 
achieved in 2020, a year in which the pandemic 
disrupted construction programmes and put many 
developments on hold. A further 21,000 beds are 
estimated to be in the pipeline for delivery in time 
for the 2022/23 academic year. However, in the last 
five years planning application activity has slowed 
significantly. In the first seven months of 2021, less 
than 15,000 were submitted for approval, compared 

with 32,000 during the same period in 2017. This is 
partly due to some early adopted markets 
becoming saturated, reducing opportunities for 
developers. Some markets have been more 
popular as developers preempt emerging and 
increasingly restrictive local planning authority 
policies. These include affordable housing 
requirements and location-specific policies 
intended to control future development. 
Furthermore, the impacts of Brexit, COVID-19 and 
inflationary pressure has led to rapidly rising 
construction costs, raising challenges for 
developers over the viability of some projects. 
These factors may compound to restrict the supply 
of new PBSA beds in 2022, despite the projected 
demand growth.

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

008

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

our market continued

3

Sector investment 
– Strong investor 
Appetite

Investor appetite continued to be strong 

throughout 2021, reflected in the year’s 
transactional activity. In the second half of 2021, 
investors spent over £2.5 billion on UK PBSA, taking 
total investment volume for the year to £4.4 billion. 
In 2020, investment reached £5.9 billion, of which 
Blackstone’s acquisition of the IQ portfolio 
contributed £4.7 billion. Analysis of transaction 
volume in 2021 shows a much more active market 
in 2021, with 35% more deals being struck than in 
2020 and 6% more than in 2019. The year saw 
numerous landmark portfolio deals as an influx of 
overseas capital was drawn to UK PBSA. Most 
notably, in December 2021, Blackstone and APG 
acquired the GCP Student Living portfolio for        
£1.1 billion, reflecting £277,300 per bed across 4,100 
beds in 11 assets.  

In the 18 months from March 2020, when COVID-19 

lockdown restrictions began, pricing held firm at pre-
pandemic levels, reflecting the reliance of the sector. With a 
greater variety and larger weight of capital targeting the 
sector, the deals in the markets are now reflecting record 
sharper yields. Subsequently, the year saw some record-
breaking single asset deals such as iQ’s purchase of 347 
beds from Nido in West Hampstead for over £120 million, 
reflecting a yield of 3.80%. Portfolio deals were prevalent in 
Super Prime Regional and Prime Regional markets at 
sharper yields too. Notably, in February 2021, Greystar 
purchased 2,163 beds from Roundhill for £291 million (4.75%) 
across five assets in London, Glasgow, Coventry and Bristol 
and Apollo’s purchase of 1,655 from Crown Student for  
£210 million based in Cardiff, Norwich and Portsmouth 
reflected a yield of 5.25%. In 2021, Asian investors 
committed over £400 million to UK PBSA. Greystar 
continued a trend of portfolio deals in January, securing the 
acquisition of “Project Jura” from Downing for £365 million. 
The portfolio of 1,807 beds in London, Manchester and 
Coventry traded for £202,120 per bed.

4

market yields – 
Best in class, 
direct let 

Market transactions in 2021 have supported 

In the coming years, more investment is expected to be 

yield compressions reported by the leading valuers. 
CBRE report that between Q4 December 2020 and 
Q4 December 2021, Best-In-Class Direct Let Central 
London, Super Prime Regional and Prime Regional 
yields compressed by 25 basis points, 10 basis 
points and 25 basis points respectively. After 
considerable softening in previous years, 
Secondary Regional yields have stabilised, but 
remain more polarised from the stronger markets 
with a risk of further weakening.

drawn to the PBSA sector as investors look for stable 
diversified income returns and counter-cyclical performance in 
the face of potential economic downturn. With the worst of 
COVID-19 restrictions widely accepted to be in the past, 
investors are looking past short-term issues to a growing 
demand pool. The subsequent growth in demand for 
high-quality PBSA will continue to outstrip the supply of beds, 
particularly in the prime market. In addition to this undersupply, 
ongoing uncertainty and investment risk in other global 
markets is likely to be a key driver for investment into UK 
student assets. This also follows a wider trend as institutional 
investors pivot towards assets in the residential sector. 

market yields – Best-in-class, direct let

Central London

Super Prime Regional

Prime Regional

Secondary Regional

December 2021

December 2020

Current

Trend

3.65%

4.65%

Stronger

Stronger

5.00%

Stronger

8.00%

Stable 

Current

3.90%

4.75%

5.25%

8.00%

Trend 

Stronger

Stronger

Stable 

Weaker

Source: CBRE Student Sector Investment Yields, December 2021.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

009

StrAtEGic rEport

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

010

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Business model

Our business model combines an attractive portfolio of high-quality 
student homes with an efficient in-house operational platform.  
Together, our operations and assets enable us to create value for  
all our stakeholders. This allows us to generate attractive returns for  
our shareholders and build a strong platform for long-term growth.

Key Strengths 

How We Add Value 

Buildings
We have a diverse and attractive portfolio of 
properties that offer high-quality and safe 
accommodation to our customers.

our people
Our people are key to our customer journey. 
Our passionate and committed colleagues 
allow us to deliver a high level of service to 
our customers whilst maintaining cost 
control.

Specialist Knowledge
We have the knowledge to develop, acquire 
and operate high-quality, sustainable 
student accommodation assets.

Brand
The Hello Student® brand has continued to 
grow, becoming a leading brand and giving 
us a clear identity in the student property 
market.

Financing
We finance our business through a 
combination of shareholder equity and debt 
facilities. We have strong liquidity and good 
relationships with our lenders.

technology
We continue to leverage technology to 
augment business processes that drive 
efficiencies operationally, financially and 
commercially whilst also improving our  
user and customer experiences.

Our Culture
Our people and customers are 
our key focus and we are here 
to deliver excellent seamless 
service and financial returns 
through working together.

Select locations/
Specifications
We are selective about where we invest, 
with a focus on the towns and cities that are 
home to the most successful universities 
and where student numbers are rising  
faster than average. We select sites based 
on their compatibility with the types of 
accommodation we provide and their 
proximity to universities and amenities.

Our buildings have on average around  
100 beds, which helps to foster a more 
homely, collegiate feeling to living. However, 
through our clustering strategy we are able 
to yield the economies of scale which are 
generated from larger buildings.

develop/Buy
Developing assets allows us to acquire them 
at a greater yield on cost than buying standing 
assets. Forward-funded projects are typically 
less complex than direct developments and 
have a lower risk profile, as the planning, 
construction and time risk lies with the 
third-party developer. These projects also 
have lower staffing requirements and benefit 
from a forward-funding coupon charged to the 
developer. However, direct development 
delivers higher-yielding assets than forward 
funding. We have a strong proven track record 
in direct development. 

We also buy standing assets when a specific 
opportunity arises which compliments our 
portfolio.

—

—

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

011

StrAtEGic rEport

Outputs for our Stakeholders

customers
Our customers benefit from having a great 
home to live in during their studies, at a rent 
that represents value for money.

npS in the Global Student living index

+22

 Higher than pBSA private hall average +20

our people
Our people have the opportunity to develop 
their careers in an exciting and growing sector.

colleague Engagement Score

82%

Shareholders
Shareholders benefit from Total Returns  
which are underpinned by income and 
continued rental growth.

total return target of

7-9%

communities
The communities around our assets benefit 
from increased employment, reduced  
pressure on local housing stock, and from  
the improvements we fund to social 
infrastructure in the surrounding area.

net carbon neutral target

2035

    S e l e c t  locations/Specifi c

a

ti

o

t
s
e
v
n

i

e
r

creating 
homely, 
modern 
living 
spaces

n

s

d
e
v
e
l
o
p
/B
u
y

operat e

reinvest
We intend to hold our buildings for the long 
term. However, we may sell an asset if we 
see an opportunity to create more value for 
shareholders by reinvesting the proceeds. 
We therefore continually review the portfolio 
to ensure our capital is effectively allocated.

operate
Our assets are marketed through our Hello 
Student® platform. This platform gives us a 
clearly identifiable brand which helps to 
offer our customers a range of options. 
Encouraging our people to follow our values 
helps to increase ownership and pride in 
our homes. This ensures that customers 
have the best experience possible, helping 
to drive occupancy, rents and profit.

We have a student welfare programme in 
place to ensure that we provide the support 
that our customers need during their stay 
with us.

—

—

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

012

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

our Strategy

Continuing to make progress 
against our strategic objectives.

Strategic area

Strategic objective

Progress in the year

Associated KPIs

Key aims for 2022

Associated risks

1.

customers

Our customers are at the heart of what we do. We 
want our customers to have a great experience and 
stay with us year after year and to recommend us to 
their friends. We aim to achieve customer satisfaction 
by building welcoming communities in our homes and 
by giving our customers a sense of safety, wellbeing 
and belonging in an environment of high-quality 
communal areas and facilities.

We aim to deliver a friendly personalised service and 
be there when our customers need us.

2.

Brand

We want to raise awareness of the Hello Student® 
brand among students, to support our premium 
accommodation and service offering. We want to 
become known as a responsible provider.

3.

our people  
and operations

We are committed to making Empiric “a great place  
to work” and destination of choice for candidates 
wanting to work in the student accommodation 
sector; through this we will be able to deliver a high 
standard of customer service.

We will continually enhance our in-house functions 
and performance coach our colleagues to help them 
provide the best and most efficient customer service 
experience.

4.

Building

We will maximise the value from the asset portfolio by 
actively managing the portfolio to recycle capital and 
to improve returns and sustainability. This is achieved 
by maintaining a portfolio of investments with 
attractive yields and rental growth opportunities.

5.

Shareholders

We want to provide our shareholders with attractive 
sustainable returns. This is achieved through 
improving the profitability, performance and size of 
our portfolio. 

 – Our net promoter score was +22, compared to 

PBSA private hall average +20. 

 – Developing our 24-hour, seven-days-a-week, staff 
cover in all our cities and seeing the benefits which 
come from this.

 – We continued to strengthen our relationship with a 

number of key universities.

 – We have undertaken in-depth customer research to 
understand what is important to them and how we 
will shape our future brand proposition.

 – Begun to develop and built a new brand platform 

that steers how we communicate with our 
customers, our look and feel and how we deliver 
our customer experience.

 – We have refreshed our Company values, read more 

on page 26.

 – We have provided mental health first aid training to 

all people managers, read more on page 38.

 – We received a “One to Watch” rating by the Best 

Companies survey on our debut rating. 

 – We disposed of four non-core assets at a premium 

to their book value.

 – We completed two refurbishments in Bristol and 

Leeds. We achieved this while students remained 
in residence around the refurbishment site with no 
disruption. Read more on page 24.

 – We recommenced the payment of dividends in Q4 
2021 with a view to returning to quarterly dividend 
payments in 2022. 

 – Completed a materiality assessment of our key ESG 

priorities and have commenced our road map.

 – The progress achieved in all of the above strategic 

areas contributes to shareholder returns.

B

E

B

F

B

E

B

E

B

G

C

C

C

F

C

J

C

H

A

D

A

E

A

D

A

D

A

D

I

 – Roll out a student app so that students can 

access all services in one place.

 – Increase customer NPS score even further in 

2022.

E1

E2

E4

I1

I2

 – Review the design and layout of both the Hello 

Student® and Empiric corporate website.

E1

E2

E4

 – Launch a rebranding exercise to ensure that 

the Hello Student® brand is relevant and 

appropriate for the coming years.

I1

I2

I4

 – Embed the new Operations Director who joined 

in January 2022.

 – Open a new strategic hub in Birmingham where 

we will embed our support teams.

E1

E2

E4

I1

I2

I4

 – Complete the Bristol St Mary’s development, 

providing an additional 153 beds in the city.

E1

E2

E5

 – To launch new redevelopment schemes and 

continue our portfolio review, looking at 

disposal, refurbishment and acquisition targets.

I4

 – Continue to deliver on our five key priorities as 

laid out on pages 18 to 23. 

 – Beyond COVID-19, we are positioned to return 

to full occupancy and optimise profitability 

enabling us to resume paying an attractive 

dividend. For 2022 we are targeting a 2.5p 

 – We will continue to engage closely with all 

dividend.

shareholders.

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

I2

I3

I1

I4

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

013

StrAtEGic rEport

Strategic area

Strategic objective

Progress in the year

Associated KPIs

Key aims for 2022

Associated risks

1.

customers

Our customers are at the heart of what we do. We 

want our customers to have a great experience and 

stay with us year after year and to recommend us to 

their friends. We aim to achieve customer satisfaction 

by building welcoming communities in our homes and 

by giving our customers a sense of safety, wellbeing 

and belonging in an environment of high-quality 

communal areas and facilities.

We aim to deliver a friendly personalised service and 

be there when our customers need us.

2.

Brand

We want to raise awareness of the Hello Student® 

brand among students, to support our premium 

accommodation and service offering. We want to 

become known as a responsible provider.

3.

our people  

and operations

to work” and destination of choice for candidates 

wanting to work in the student accommodation 

sector; through this we will be able to deliver a high 

standard of customer service.

We will continually enhance our in-house functions 

and performance coach our colleagues to help them 

provide the best and most efficient customer service 

experience.

 – Our net promoter score was +22, compared to 

PBSA private hall average +20. 

 – Developing our 24-hour, seven-days-a-week, staff 

cover in all our cities and seeing the benefits which 

come from this.

 – We continued to strengthen our relationship with a 

number of key universities.

 – We have undertaken in-depth customer research to 

understand what is important to them and how we 

will shape our future brand proposition.

 – Begun to develop and built a new brand platform 

that steers how we communicate with our 

customers, our look and feel and how we deliver 

our customer experience.

on page 26.

 – We have provided mental health first aid training to 

all people managers, read more on page 38.

 – We received a “One to Watch” rating by the Best 

Companies survey on our debut rating. 

We are committed to making Empiric “a great place  

 – We have refreshed our Company values, read more 

We will maximise the value from the asset portfolio by 

 – We disposed of four non-core assets at a premium 

actively managing the portfolio to recycle capital and 

to improve returns and sustainability. This is achieved 

by maintaining a portfolio of investments with 

attractive yields and rental growth opportunities.

to their book value.

 – We completed two refurbishments in Bristol and 

Leeds. We achieved this while students remained 

in residence around the refurbishment site with no 

disruption. Read more on page 24.

We want to provide our shareholders with attractive 

 – We recommenced the payment of dividends in Q4 

sustainable returns. This is achieved through 

improving the profitability, performance and size of 

2021 with a view to returning to quarterly dividend 

payments in 2022. 

Shareholders

our portfolio. 

 – Completed a materiality assessment of our key ESG 

priorities and have commenced our road map.

 – The progress achieved in all of the above strategic 

areas contributes to shareholder returns.

4.

Building

5.

B

E

B

F

B

E

B

E

B

G

C

C

C

F

C

J

C

H

A

D

A

E

A

D

A

D

A

D

I

 – Roll out a student app so that students can 

access all services in one place.

 – Increase customer NPS score even further in 

2022.

E1

E2

E4

I1

I2

 – Review the design and layout of both the Hello 

Student® and Empiric corporate website.

E1

E2

E4

 – Launch a rebranding exercise to ensure that 
the Hello Student® brand is relevant and 
appropriate for the coming years.

I1

I2

I4

 – Embed the new Operations Director who joined 

in January 2022.

 – Open a new strategic hub in Birmingham where 

we will embed our support teams.

E1

E2

E4

I1

I2

I4

 – Complete the Bristol St Mary’s development, 
providing an additional 153 beds in the city.

E1

E2

E5

 – To launch new redevelopment schemes and 
continue our portfolio review, looking at 
disposal, refurbishment and acquisition targets.

I4

 – Continue to deliver on our five key priorities as 

laid out on pages 18 to 23. 

E1

E2

E3

 – Beyond COVID-19, we are positioned to return 
to full occupancy and optimise profitability 
enabling us to resume paying an attractive 
dividend. For 2022 we are targeting a 2.5p 
dividend.

 – We will continue to engage closely with all 

shareholders.

E4

E5

KPI Links

A.  Rebooker Rate

B.  Net Promoter Score

C.  Revenue Occupancy

D.  Safety – Number of Accidents

E.  Colleague Engagement

F.  Gross Margin

G.  Adjusted Earnings per Share

H.  Dividend Cover

I.  Net Asset Value per Share

J.  Total Return

Risks Links 

External Risks

E1. Revenue Risk 

E2. Competition Risk 

E3. Property Market Risk 

E4. Regulatory Risk 

E5. Funding Risk 

I1

I4

I2

I3

Internal Risks

I1. Health and Safety Risk

I2. Cyber Security Risk 

I3. People Risk

I4. Safe and Sustainable Buildings Risk

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

014

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Strategy in Action
customers

caring for
our customers

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

015

StrAtEGic rEport

delivering consistently  
High customer Service

The Group undertakes a biannual 
survey with the Global Student Living 
Index. The outcome in Q4 was a  
Net Promoter Score (“NPS”) of +22 – 
slightly lower than spring 2021 (+27) 
but in line with autumn last year (+21).   

82% rated their accommodation positively, in line with private 
hall and large operator benchmarks (83%). 70% said their 
accommodation had a positive impact on their wellbeing,  
an improvement on spring and autumn 2020 (67%). The 
wellbeing impact score is an encouraging 4 percentage points 
above the benchmark for UK private halls (66%). 28% said they 
would be staying in their current accommodation next year, 
higher than the average for private halls. 77% of students rated 
their moving-in experience as good or very good, with the 
highest rating score being the staff welcome. All of these 
scores were ahead of our peers despite the difficulty COVID-19 
has brought.

Customer service is key to 
retaining customers and 
ensuring our brand is  
spread by word of mouth.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

016

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Strategy in Action
our people and operations

Supporting
our people

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

017

StrAtEGic rEport

training our people

Our key focus as a business is providing 
the best experience for our students. 
Our people are on the front line of 
providing that experience and, as such, 
any investment in our people means 
happy customers.

We have a dedicated in-house training resource which 
specialises in ensuring all our people provide great customer 
service. These skills stay with our people for a lifetime and so 
will help them through all stages of their career. Despite the 
challenges posed by COVID-19 we have delivered 120 hours  
of sales and customer training to our people. 

The impact of this training is clear to see in the reviews our 
students leave across various platforms. We have selected  
two examples here out of the many we read.

Moved in here three months ago and really 
glad I chose this place. The location couldn’t 
have been better, given the proximity to the city 
centre as well as uni. The staff is super sweet 
and friendly, always a delight to chat with, 
and they’ve gone above and beyond their duties 
to ensure our comfort and safety. Barring the 
ongoing COVID-19 situation, they organise 
events and socials so I think that’s cool. Overall, 
the facilities and everything about this place  
has fairly exceeded my expectations so there’s  
no complaints so far. Oh, and the best part?  
Free coffee in the common room!  

RESIDENT - 
York Foss Studios

Perfect location within a short 
walk to town, the uni and the 
beaches. Incredible staff who  
are on-site most days, no issue  
is too big or small, there is  
always someone to help,  
whether that’s a maintenance 
issue or just for someone to  
talk to. Best accommodation  
I’ve stayed in, this is one of  
the reasons why I rebooked.  

RESIDENT - 
Ocean View

Throughout the pandemic we continued to ensure 
our training schedule was unaffected, delivering 
training through video conferences.

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

018

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

chief Executive officer’s review

delivering 
our strategic 
priorities

We have made good progress executing 
our strategy through investment in our 
people, customers, assets and systems, 
despite the challenges of the pandemic.

duncAn GArrood

Chief Executive Officer
2 March 2022

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

019

StrAtEGic rEport

Safety remains our top 
priority as a business.

total operational beds 

march 2022

8,391

Academic year 2022/23

8,603

I will expand on this, as we look at the progress  
of each of these priorities in turn: 

Actively managing the property portfolio 

As at 31 December 2021, we owned or  
were committed to owning 91 assets with 9,170 
beds (31 December 2020: 95 assets, representing 
9,396 beds). Of these, 87 were revenue-generating 
assets, with 8,543 beds (31 December 2020: 91 
were revenue-generating assets, with 8,887 beds). 

portfolio Safety

Safety remains our top priority as a business 

and to that end we ensure that our buildings 
comply with not only all relevant regulations but 
also with best practice within the industry. We have 
updated our fire risk and mitigation strategies 
throughout our estate, and where appropriate that 
includes undertaking detailed External Wall 
Surveys. Such surveys will ensure any potential 
risks are clearly identified and are being undertaken 
by highly experienced professional teams and, 
where necessary, qualified experts. Should 
remedial actions be identified as necessary, these 
are being addressed. In our interim results, we 
previously advised that we planned to spend £30 
million on fire safety works in our buildings. 
However, we are uncertain how much we will 
recover from developers so we have increased this 
estimate to £37 million. 

independent Valuation

Each property in our portfolio has been 
independently valued by CBRE, in accordance with 
the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (“RICS”) 
Valuation – Professional Standards January 2014 
(the “Red Book”). At 31 December 2021, the portfolio 
was valued at £1,022 million, an increase of 2% from 
prior year (31 December 2020: £1,005 million). See 
valuation bridge on page 32 which details the 
breakdown of the fair value movement in the year.

property portfolio management

As described last year, we have undertaken 

a strategic review of our portfolio, with the aim of 
rationalising it to maximise the expertise, positive 
reputation, and commercial power of the Hello 
Student® brand. We have made good progress 
disposing of non-core assets, and to date we have 
sold £45 million of these, which on aggregate have 
sold above book value. 

This gives us an opportunity for capital 
recycling, which we will undertake whilst focusing 
on the best interests of shareholders. This includes 
consideration of investment in refurbishments or 
reconfigurations, as we aim to bring the portfolio to 
a consistently high standard, where we have 
identified £44 million of refurbishment capex to be 
spent over five years. This spend will be subject to 
a hurdle rate of 9%-11% IRR. During the year, we 
completed two pilot refurbishment schemes to 
upgrade rooms, both of which were successfully 
completed and achieved target IRR. As a result, we 
have drawn up plans to roll out the refurbishment 
programme and will make progress on this in 2022.

Throughout the year, we  
remained committed to  
supporting and doing the  
right thing by each student on  
a case-by-case basis, focusing  
on health and safety, whilst also 
protecting the long-term value 
of the Group, even though 2021 
brought further challenging  
times as the pandemic continued 
to disrupt many students’ 
education plans.

In March 2021, we identified  
five key priorities that would  
drive value for shareholders:

driving performance  
to improve shareholder 
returns
Five Key Priorities  
1.

Actively managing  
the property portfolio

2.

Strengthening our  
Brand proposition

3. 

driving performance  
through data Analytics

4.

delivering consistent  
customer Service

5. 

developing  
our people

An overriding focus that spans everything  

we do is the safety and wellbeing of our colleagues, 
customers, communities and stakeholders, and we 
have devoted significant resources to ensure this  
is the case.  

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

020

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

chief Executive officer’s review continued

We help build futures by providing the 
best and safest buildings, environments  
and support for our students to study  
and flourish. We continuously focus  
on improving our offer. 

As a refresher on the portfolio segmentation: 
Segment A comprises properties we regard 

as core Hello Student® sites. They are in great 
condition, properly configured and produce our 
best results. Apart from a continuous programme of 
ensuring they remain in great condition, there are 
no further significant actions to take with the 
existing sites. This segment is targeted for growth 
through either acquisitions or developments, as 
described below.

Segment B comprises sites which 

fundamentally meet the Hello Student® criteria, but 
need investment in refurbishment or modest 
reconfiguration, to upgrade them to core Hello 
Student® brand standards, and thus command an 
improved rental yield. We will invest in these sites, 
assuming the 9%-11% IRRs hurdle rate. The objective 
is to eliminate this segment over a five-year period.

Segment c comprises sites which are not 
core Hello Student® sites for various reasons, but 
have good commercial characteristics. This 
segment might also offer interesting opportunities 
for different ownership models which we will 
explore further. They can be divided into two 
subcategories. 

Segment d comprises properties that 
currently represent approximately 8% of the value 
of our portfolio, which for various reasons no 
longer remain core. The disposal programme has 
realised £45 million in gross proceeds so far, and 
we remain confident that the remaining properties 
will be sold over the course of the next 18 months, 
after which segment D will no longer exist.

Proceeds from disposal are being deployed 
in the best interests of shareholders, and a variety 
of opportunities will be evaluated. This will include 
reinvestment in new developments, 
refurbishments or acquisitions to grow our 
Segment A core Hello Student® portfolio, 
especially on a cluster density increase basis. 

developments and redevelopments

Work is progressing well at St Mary’s 
Hospital in Bristol which will be completed in time 
to operate for the 2022/23 academic year. 

Due to COVID-19 we paused two projects, a 

development in Canterbury called Franciscans, 
and a refurbishment in Edinburgh called 
Southbridge. The latter is now scheduled to begin 
construction in 2022.

The first sub-category comprises sites ideally 

In December 2020 we secured planning 

suited to first-year UK students (who are not core 
Hello Student® customers). However, with 
nomination agreements for these sites, they 
represent attractive commercial propositions. 
Should this not be possible for any reason, they 
could be disposal targets, as has already been 
identified for one site.

The second sub-category comprises sites 
that do not fit our core Hello Student® criteria but 
are ideal for mature graduates or postgraduates 
who often look for accommodation in quieter 
locations, or in city centres, or perhaps something 
more suitable for couples. In 2022 or 2023 we will 
be trialling a sub-brand of Hello Student® aimed at 
more mature students, enabling us to retain, and 
“upgrade” existing customers as they continue their 
further studies, allowing us to benefit from building 
loyalty through their Hello Student® experiences.

permission for the redevelopment of Francis 
Gardner Apartments in London. The new 
seven-storey development will provide 18 new 
bedrooms with a mix of two, three and four-bed 
flats with shared kitchens and living facilities. 

portfolio Growth Strategy

As we release cash through the disposal 
programme, reinvestment will take place in two 
separate ways. Firstly, there is the capex 
deployment as identified above to bring our 
existing portfolio to standard, and secondly there 
is the development or acquisition of new bed 
stock. We have undertaken a strategic review of 
growth locations and will invest in growing bed 
stock in those cities with Russell Group, or closely 
adjacent to Russell Group, Universities, where 
international student participation is targeted for 
growth over the next ten years or longer.

development pipeline

Site 

St Mary’s, Bristol 
Southbridge, Edinburgh
Francis Gardner, London
FISC, Canterbury 

Development basis 

Direct Development 
Major refurbishment/development
Major refurbishment/development
Major refurbishment/development 

Beds 

153
59
72
134 

Delivery year

2022
2022
TBC
TBC

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

021

StrAtEGic rEport

University is a time for making new friends,  
learning new things and having new experiences. 
Experiences that create memories to last a lifetime. 
And Hello Student is more than just a home from 
home, we’re basecamp for your next adventure. 

We will drive operational efficiencies through 

acquiring or developing new sites in these cities 
that are close to well-located existing sites. This 
clustering strategy delivers the benefits of scale of 
additional beds, whilst maintaining the personalised 
service and positioning requirements of being a 
Hello Student® property, with that key homely 
boutique feel.

Strengthening our Brand proposition (including 
our Sustainability Approach) 

It is critical that we enshrine data-driven 
customer insight into our property and service 
offerings, and into our designs and development. It 
should also drive innovation and our marketing and 
communications strategies. In 2021 we undertook 
extensive qualitative and quantitative customer 
research which is informing our plans, especially on 
executing the digital customer journey where we 
are working on an overhaul of our website and 
communications.

Our Hello Student® brand has good 
awareness and reputation, and we have used the 
customer insight to refine its proposition.

Its execution in the various media we use to 

communicate will be revisited to ensure we have 
the right reach in the right channels. Our aim is to 
build further on the strength of our brand within our 
properties and ensure the Hello Student® name 
becomes more prominent within the student 
accommodation sector.

Our customers mostly belong to the late 

Millennial or early Generation Z demographic 
groupings, and, as such, it is highly important for 
them to choose service providers who act in a 
sustainable and responsible way. As such, ESG is 
not just a corporate requirement for us, it is a 
customer necessity. We have covered this key area 
in a major section of this Annual Report on pages 
34 to 40. Suffice to say it is driven by a wish to 
inspire colleagues, customers and investors.

driving performance through data Analytics

Our Hello Hub operating platform has given 

us a complete in-house solution to managing our 
own revenues. Not only do we have the technical 
systems in place, with the help of experts in this 
field we have completely revised our revenue 
management processes, accountabilities and now 
systemised our dynamic pricing approach. 
Algorithms have been written, data management 
expertise has been brought in-house, and this is 
being used for the first time to take weekly pricing 
decisions, enabling us to improve rental yields  
over time. 

As an example, we used our data analytics 

on a slow to fill city, finding that our room 
categorisation was too complicated, not understood 

by potential customers, and as a result they 
abandoned their search with Hello Student® and 
went to competitors. Changes were made to 
simplify room types and their digital route to market, 
and within two weeks this city grew their occupancy 
over 50% more than the average occupancy growth 
across the portfolio.

Dynamic pricing gives us a formalised 
time-bound process to maximise our revenues on 
sites that are in high demand, and similarly to 
maximise occupancy in those slower to fill. Our 
premium positioning and improvements in quality 
and customer service will enable us to command 
better rents. The use of data is now giving us the 
best possible direct control of room categorisation 
and price setting, informed by real-time sales and 
competitor data.

delivering consistent customer Service 

Since foundation, the Company has been on 

a service journey. Until relatively recently, it was 
largely outsourced with relatively little direct control 
over its nature, quality or consistency. Operations 
were fully brought in-house three years ago, and 
since then we have been building the people 
management expertise, and now it is time to really 
drive a service culture and put customer experience 
at the heart of what we deliver.

In 2021 we changed our working patterns 

and introduced 24-hour service at our sites, 
improving safety and security and customer 
engagement. Our reception desks are now manned 
when our customers most need to talk to us, not 
just “9-5”. We have our own maintenance team, 
shared between clusters of sites, so that we can 
quickly and cost effectively complete repairs and 
only call in experts when more complex 
maintenance is required.

Service requirements and standards are set 

through researched customer insight and are 
measured through satisfaction surveys. In 2021, 
extensive customer insight has been gathered in 
order to determine the most important elements, 
and we have joined the Global Student Living Index 
in order to benchmark our performance against 
others. Through this, we get a Net Promoter Score 
(“NPS”) twice yearly, where we can benchmark 
progress, areas of shortfall that need addressing, 
and understand our competitive position.

The most recent result gave us an NPS of 

+22 which has grown 1 point over the last 12 
months, and compares to an all-sector average of 
-8 and a private halls average of +20. This means 
we are 2 points above the average for our 
comparator group competitors, which we need to 
be in order to earn our premium positioning.

24hr

service at our sites

npS

+22

against PBSA Private halls average of +20

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

022

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

chief Executive officer’s review continued

colleague Engagement Score

82%

(2020: 83%)

Understanding our customers’ growing 

needs is critical to maintaining competitive edge, 
and delivering a consistent experience remains the 
challenge. We also understand that knowing our 
residents’ families, especially their parents, is a key 
part of reassurance that makes the Hello Student® 
experience different from those in halls of 
residence or HMOs.

Supporting our customers

During 2021 we have provided a Student 
Assistance Programme in partnership with Endsleigh 
and Health Assured. This scheme provides a suite 
of wellbeing services for our customers, offering 
them support to deal with physical and mental 
health issues or financial difficulties. The provision of 
this scheme will not just be in place during 
COVID-19 times but a permanent enhancement of 
our student wellbeing support. 

In addition, we have invested in mental 
health first aid training for all of our key colleagues, 
in partnership with MHFA England. Whilst we do not 
profess to be medical experts, our team are now 
equipped to identify potential issues and assist 
students to get the professional support they 
require, particularly at times of stress such as 
examinations.

developing our people

At the heart of any service business are the 

people that design, support and deliver the 
customer experience. It has been a key priority in 
2021, and will remain so, to invest in our people to 
ensure we remain at the competitive leading edge 
providing premium experiences.

Health and Safety 

Health and safety is of paramount importance 

to the Group. We have a legal and moral 
responsibility to ensure that everyone who is living 
in, working in or visiting our buildings is kept safe. 
Our customer insight shows it is the number one 
priority, by some margin, for our students.

In particular, we have focused on fire safety, 

ensuring that we are ahead of any legislative 
changes and that we have risk assessments, 
qualified surveys, mitigation procedures, checking 
processes and we invest in prevention and 
mitigation. To this end, we have allocated £37 million 
capex over the next five years, to undertake any 
building changes required.

Our buildings are inspected on a regular 

basis to ensure that we identify and eliminate 
hazards. To assess the buildings we have engaged 

with specialist consultants to undertake thorough 
assessments of general safety, hazards, fire risks 
and prevention and water systems and treatment 
against Legionella.

During 2021 we have undertaken extensive 
formal health and safety training by the Institute of 
Occupational Safety and Health (“IOSH”) for our 
teams, from the Board to the front line.

We have delivered a series of Toolbox Talks 

which are in document and e-learning format, 
enabling all site teams to have continual access to 
training.

A Health & Safety Forum has been 
implemented during 2021 which includes 
representatives from teams throughout the country.

investments in people

In January 2020, we appointed a Training & 

Development Manager to design and deliver 
programmes to our people for their personal and 
professional growth, which range from mandatory 
training for governance to selling and practical 
skills. We have further enhanced this, with the 
engagement of an experienced performance 
improvement coach who is helping the leadership 
team to improve effectiveness.

We overhauled our e-learning platform and 
provided support for new learning opportunities to 
various roles within the business. This change in 
emphasis from classroom to online webinar 
delivery has been efficient, especially during 
restrictions from the pandemic, and we have 
continued to focus on key sessions such as sales 
and customer services to increase the knowledge 
and skills of our operational teams. 

We increased focus on mandatory training 

with new measures to track compliance levels and 
ensure high standards are being achieved. In 
2022 we will enhance the skills of colleagues 
within our maintenance teams. This will allow for 
cost efficiencies as a broader range of repairs and 
maintenance works can be conducted in-house, 
and will also develop the network of our regional 
teams so they are able to support each other 
across the country. 

We recognised the contribution that our 
front-line operational teams have made to our 
customers and the business and in 2021, we 
increased pay to align with the Real Living Wage 
as our minimum, and we are committed to paying 
a fair wage for all core roles. We have 
accreditation from the Real Living Wage 
Foundation and have undertaken to uphold those 
standards for years to come.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

023

StrAtEGic rEport

As in previous years, we have undertaken a 

colleague engagement survey which achieved a 
response rate of 64% and an overall colleague 
engagement score of 82% against the UK all-sector 
average of 68% and previous year’s result of 83%. 
These results were delivered despite the current 
pandemic and help to give us a better 
understanding of what matters to our people and to 
ensure we deliver improvements.

To provide a higher quality, consistent, 24/7 
personalised service, we need the right calibre of 
people, appropriately rewarded, who are trained 
and developed. That process is underway and we 
have already made changes to our site 
management structure and invested in quality 
colleagues to reduce turnover and increase our 
service engagement. To deliver a personalised 
homely service we need our front-line colleagues 
to be in their positions for a long time to develop 
those critical customer relationships, so measuring 
turnover and retention will be key.

We will put more focus and resources into 

developing our people, with an aim of significantly 
raising the proportion of internal promotions versus 
external recruitment.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

024

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Strategy in Action
Buildings

refurbishing
our key assets

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

025

StrAtEGic rEport

Summer refurbishments

Leeds Pennine House &  
Bristol College Green 

In the summer of 2021 we undertook the first stage of our 
refurbishment programme as outlined on page 20. This 
consisted of a refurbishment of 37 beds across two buildings 
and a refreshing of our communal areas in Leeds. These 
refurbishments were completed over the summer while 
students were still in situ within the building with no disruption.
The total project cost was £1.5 million with a number of works 
undertaken which will ensure the second phase of renovations 
in these buildings can be completed at a lower cost. 
The studio suites have been adapted and fully upgraded to 
include new kitchen, study, bedspace and extended storage 
facilities. Bathrooms were refreshed, including new shower 
enclosures, equipment and accessories. All works were carried 
out to a market-leading standard.

All refurbished rooms are 
100% occupied for the 
2021/22 academic year.

28%rental uplift achieved on the newly 

refurbished rooms

A newly renovated room in Leeds Pennine House.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

026

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Strategy in Action
developing  
our people 

introducing  
our new  
values

We have redefined and relaunched 
our values from the grassroots up.

On 1 July 2021 we relaunched our 
values; in developing our values we 
started with interactive colleague 
workshops, mainly as face-to-face 
sessions, delivered at locations  
across the UK. 

Where this was not possible we also ran some virtual 
sessions, meaning everyone had the opportunity to 
contribute their ideas. This ranged from colleagues 
to customers who all had an opportunity to feed  
into our values. The outputs were then put to the 
Colleague Forum who reviewed them and formulated 
the acronym HOMES. The final values were then 
shared across the business and were met with very 
positive sentiment.

our new values

Honest
We value 
transparency and 
integrity in our  
words and actions.

one team
We work as one  
team to develop  
safe, friendly  
and inclusive 
communities for  
our customers  
and colleagues.

memorable
We create positive 
experiences and 
lifelong memories.

Equal
We welcome 
individual differences 
and support each 
other with the same 
amount of respect 
and kindness.

Successful
We provide high-
quality services that 
deliver results now 
and for the future.

introducing  

our new  

values

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

027

StrAtEGic rEport

Value in Action 

one team
We believe that we are all truly one equal team where we want  
to work hard to ensure we develop safe, friendly and inclusive 
communities for our customers. We ensure all people managers  
in the Group have undertaken mental health first aid training  
and that colleagues endeavour to respond to customers as soon  
as they can. This value stretches throughout the organisation  
and helps underpin everything else that we do. 

Value in Action 

Equal
We believe and support everyone from all backgrounds. For the 
first time in 2021 we started an exercise to understand the ethnicity 
of our workforce and how we could ensure that we continue to be  
a welcoming business. 

We have also continued our obligations to report under the gender 
paygap. For another year our gender paygap is actually negative, 
which means that on average within our business women are paid 
more than men. We want to ensure that we are always an equal 
employer but also always ensure we welcome people from all 
backgrounds in our buildings as well. 

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

028

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Key performance indicators

monitoring our 
performance

non-Financial Kpis

Financial Kpis

A
rebooker rate (%)

16%

2021

2020

B
net promoter Score

+22

16%

2021

2020

23%

22.0

21.0

Gross margin (%)

58.8%

Adjusted Earnings per Share (p)

1.65p

The rebooker rate demonstrates our ability to retain 
customers within the Hello Student® brand, which is an 
indicator of the quality of service we provide.

NPS calculated by the Global Student Living Index which 
also allows us to benchmark against our peers.

The gross margin reflects our ability to drive occupancy 

Adjusted earnings per share is the earnings measure  

and to rigorously control our operating costs.

that best demonstrates our ability to reward 

shareholders through dividends.

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

C

1 2 3 4 5

D

revenue occupancy (%)

Safety – number of Accidents

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

Performance

Purpose

84%

2021/22

As at the end of February 2022

84%

2020/21

As at the end of February 2021

65%

0

2021

2020

0

0

Occupancy is a key driver of our revenue and 
demonstrates the quality and location of our assets, the 
strength of our sales process and our ability to set 
appropriate rents.

The number of reportable accidents throughout the 
Group each year. This is a key reporting metric to the 
Health & Safety Executive as well as a measure of our 
health and safety strategy and procedures.

Dividend cover shows our ability to pay dividends  

Movement in the NAV per share reflects the quality  

out of current year earnings. Note that in the past two 

of our assets and our ability to generate revenue  

years dividends were suspended. See page 33 for 

from them.

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

E

colleague Engagement

82%

2021

2020

82%

83%

Colleague engagement scores provide an insight into 
the happiness of our people across a range of topics 
regarding their working environment.

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

dividend cover (%)

66.0%

net Asset Value per Share (p)

107.36p

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

Performance

Purpose

details.

1 2 3 4 5

total return (%)

4.6%

The Total Return shows the aggregate value  

(lost)/gained for shareholders, through both capital 

(decline)/growth of NAV and dividends.

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

029

StrAtEGic rEport

Our key performance indicators (“KPIs”)  
are central to how we run our business and 
allow us to drive the performance of the 
business for our shareholders. Due to the 
impact of COVID-19 during this and the 
previous year, several of our usual KPIs 
are showing anomalous figures during this 
reporting period. We expect this impact to 
carry forward into our 2022 KPI reporting. 

During the year we have amended our customer-related 
KPIs, we have moved from a customer happiness score, 
which was internally measured, to a NPS score calculated  
by the Global Student Living Index which also allows us to 
benchmark against our peers.

In 2022 we will review our KPIs to ensure our ESG agenda  
is appropriately reflected.

Our KPIs are defined in the Definitions on page 118.

non-Financial Kpis

Financial Kpis

rebooker rate (%)

16%

net promoter Score

+22

The rebooker rate demonstrates our ability to retain 

NPS calculated by the Global Student Living Index which 

customers within the Hello Student® brand, which is an 

also allows us to benchmark against our peers.

indicator of the quality of service we provide.

F
Gross margin (%)

58.8%

2021

2020

G
Adjusted Earnings per Share (p)

1.65p

2021

58.8%

61.9%

2020

1.65

2.30

The gross margin reflects our ability to drive occupancy 
and to rigorously control our operating costs.

Adjusted earnings per share is the earnings measure  
that best demonstrates our ability to reward 
shareholders through dividends.

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

H

dividend cover (%)

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

revenue occupancy (%)

Safety – number of Accidents

84%

0

Occupancy is a key driver of our revenue and 

The number of reportable accidents throughout the 

demonstrates the quality and location of our assets, the 

Group each year. This is a key reporting metric to the 

strength of our sales process and our ability to set 

Health & Safety Executive as well as a measure of our 

appropriate rents.

health and safety strategy and procedures.

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

colleague Engagement

82%

Colleague engagement scores provide an insight into 

the happiness of our people across a range of topics 

regarding their working environment.

1 2 3 4 5

I

net Asset Value per Share (p)

107.36p

2021

66.0%

2021

66.0%

2020

183.8%

2020

107.36

105.00

Dividend cover shows our ability to pay dividends  
out of current year earnings. Note that in the past two 
years dividends were suspended. See page 33 for 
details.

Movement in the NAV per share reflects the quality  
of our assets and our ability to generate revenue  
from them.

1 2 3 4 5

J

total return (%)

4.6%

2021

2020

(3.6)%

1 2 3 4 5

4.6%

The Total Return shows the aggregate value  
(lost)/gained for shareholders, through both capital 
(decline)/growth of NAV and dividends.

Strategic Links

1.  Customers

2.  Brand

3.  People and Operations

4.  Buildings

5.  Shareholders

Definitions

For definitions see page 12.

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

030

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

cFo and cSo Statement

driving 
efficiencies

We have had a busy year, 
embedding new systems and 
change so that we have a strong 
platform for growth.

lynnE FEnnAH 

Chief Financial and Sustainability Officer  
2 March 2022

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

031

StrAtEGic rEport

2021 has seen us complete what 
can be viewed as the first phase of 
our operational transformation 
which we started in 2018, with 
all activities now safely migrated 
in-house. The key final milestone 
this year was the previous 
external revenue management 
contract ending in October 2021 
with the academic year 2020/21 
being the final one externally 
managed. In November 2020 we 
had already started selling for the 
academic year 2021/22 on our 
in-house platform for the first 
time, and throughout 2021 we 
have now also successfully taken 
payments directly from students 
for the first time.

like-for-like rental growth for 
Academic year 2020/21

1.3%

This first phase of the transformation journey 
has been a significant undertaking, and I would like 
to thank the entire team for their contribution in 
making this happen.

Completed the induction and establishment 

The next phase of our transformation will see 
us focusing on continuing to drive performance and 
efficiency across the business, with the key areas of 
operational focus in this respect in 2021 having 
been:
 –
in the senior team of the CEO and Property Director, 
who both joined towards the end of the previous 
financial year, and for the Sales & Marketing 
Director who joined in June 2021. 
Embedding the day-to-day management of 
 –
the in-house revenue management platform and 
the related dynamic pricing model.
 –
Re-structuring of the IT team and the 
development of a small project office to assist in the 
further rationalisation of our IT platforms and 
automation of processes.
 –
enterprise architecture.

An external review of cyber security and IT 

revenue management System

The final work on our new revenue 
management system concluded in October when 
we brought the process for the collection of 
Receivables in-house. This is now a centralised 
function within the finance team.

This system gives us direct control of our 

revenue management, enabling us to make price 
changes more efficiently and swiftly:

- it allows us to manage the relationship with 

our customers directly end to end;

- it makes debt collection easier, 
and, importantly, we are delivering 

annualised cost savings of £1.5 million which started 
in September. 

Financial performance

Our performance in 2021 continued to be 

impacted by COVID-19 but there was an 
improvement as restrictions relaxed during the year 
and despite the Omicron surge in December we 
ended the year with greater confidence that market 
conditions are starting to normalise for the 2022/23 
academic year.

Revenue decreased 6% to £56.0 million, as 

occupancy for the first eight months in 2021 was 
65% compared to 84% for the same period in 2020. 
We started the academic year 2021/22 at 81% 
occupancy and this has increased to 84% since 
then. 

Like-for-like rental growth for the 2020/21 

academic year was 1.3% as reported previously, as 
we prioritised occupancy levels over rental growth. 
Property Expenses were up 2% mainly driven 

by having to pay council tax on empty rooms as a 
result of lower occupancy levels. 

Gross Margin decreased from 62% to 59% as 

a result of a £3.5 million fall in revenue.

During the period, we sold four assets with a 

net gain on disposal of £1.7 million. 

Since the year end you will have seen that 

we have announced further disposals of five assets, 
also above book value, alongside one acquisition. 
These have been reported on as assets held for 
sale as at the balance sheet date.

The net profit from a change in the fair value 
of investment properties was £17.6 million compared 
to a £37.6 million loss the previous year. 

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

032

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

cFo and cSo Statement continued

Our ‘cloud first’ strategy 
allowed us to apply business 
continuity with minimal 
disruption to productivity.

Valuation Average net initial yield

Net finance expense was £12.4 million, 7% 

Valuation movement

5.3%

(December 2020: 5.6%)

less than last year due to maintaining the RCF at a 
lower level and continued low interest rates.

The result of this is a profit before tax of 

£29.2 million (2020: loss £24.0 million). No 
corporation tax was charged, as the Group fulfilled 
all of its obligations as a UK Real Estate Investment 
Trust (“REIT”). Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) was 
therefore 4.84 pence and also 4.84 pence on a 
diluted basis (2020: loss (3.97) pence and (3.97) 
pence (diluted).

Adjusted EPS is the most relevant measure of 

earnings when assessing dividend distributions.

In 2021, Adjusted EPS was 1.65 pence (2020: 

2.30 pence). This shows that the underlying 
operating business is continuing to generate cash 
despite the impact of the pandemic.

The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share as at 
31 December 2021 was 107.36 pence (31 December 
2020: 105.00 pence). 

The NAV is shown net of all property 

acquisition costs and dividends paid during the 
year.

The chart below shows a breakdown of the 
movement in our portfolio valuation since the end 
of 2020.

 During 2021 we sold four assets for £18.1 

million, above the book value shown here of £16.3 
million. After that disposal the portfolio was valued 
at £988.8 million. 

In August 2021 we indicated we would spend 
£30 million on health and safety works over the next 
five years. We are uncertain how much we will 
recover from developers so we have increased this 
to £37 million. CBRE accepted management’s 
assumption is that £17.2 million of this cost should 
now be reflected in the valuation at the year-end in 
respect of work on fire stopping and external wall 
systems. 

The value of developments has fallen by £2.5 
million due to a delay in obtaining planning consent 
on Canterbury.

At the end of December 2020, we reported a 
COVID-19 related reduction in the year-end portfolio 
valuation of £21.4 million, mainly due to CBRE’s 
assumption of 50% occupancy for the balance of 
the 2020/21 academic year. 

Valuation movement

1,005.1

(16.3)

988.8

(17.2)

(2.5)

15.2

15.4

0.8

1,021.8

21.3

(25.9)

995.9

December 
2020 
Valuation

Property 
Disposals

December 2020 
Valuation Post 
Disposals

Deduction for 
fire works

Revaluation on 
Developments

Change in 
COVID-19 
Shortfall 
Deduction

Capital and 
Development 
Expenditure

Revaluation  
on Standing 
Student 
Investments

Revaluation 
on Commercial  
Units

December 2021 
Valuation

Remove HFS 
Assets

December 2021 
Valuation 
excluding HFS 
Assets

Opening

Decrease

Increase

Final

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

033

StrAtEGic rEport

dividends

Quarter ending

Declared

Paid

30 September 2021

 29 October 2021

3 December 2021

Amount (p)

2.50

We are now reporting a £15.2 million move in 

our favour as CBRE reduced their COVID-19 
deduction to £6.2 million.

This deduction of £6.2 million relates to the 

balance of the 2021/22 academic year only, with no 
deduction proposed for the academic year 
2022/23.

During the year, we spent £8.0 million on 

capital expenditure and £7.4 million on 
development. 

Our operational assets increased in value by 

£21.3 million, driven by improved rental growth on 
our super prime assets, partially offset by a 
reduction in secondary assets.

Our commercial portfolio, which comprises 

convenience stores and restaurants within our sites, 
went up £0.8 million. 

The valuation at the end of December, before 

adjusting for assets that have been sold following 
the year end, was £1.022 billion. 

Over the year, Net Initial Yield has slightly 

improved from 5.6% to 5.3%.

dividends 

The dividends declared in respect of the 
2021 financial year are shown in the table above.
We are pleased to report that we resumed 
dividend payments in Q4 2021 with a payment of 
2.5p per share. This comprises the PID distribution 
requirement of 1p per share for the financial year 
2019 and 1.5p per share for 2020. In 2022, we plan 
to start paying a minimum dividend of 2.5p per 
share per annum, with a view to increasing this as 
occupancy levels normalise. 

Our future dividend policy will be 

progressive, whilst also ensuring that dividends are 
paid on a fully covered basis. Driving long-term 
shareholder value remains top of our agenda as we 
drive value-enhancing changes in our business.

debt 

At the year end, before deduction of loan 

arrangement fees, the Group had committed 
investment debt facilities of £420 million, of which 
£375 million were drawn down (2020: £390 million 
drawn down).

Of our drawn investment debt, £277 million of 

this debt is fixed and £98 million is floating. The 
aggregate cost of our investment debt was 3.0%, 
with a weighted average term of 4.9 years. 

The Loan to Value for the Group was 33.1% 

(2020: 35.4%), broadly in line with our long-term LTV 
target of 35%. 

We have also agreed waivers or an easing of 

covenant requirements on all our debt to ensure 
that we remain covenant compliant throughout the 
pandemic. 

We currently have around £44 million of 

unencumbered assets and as at the year end we 
had £81 million of undrawn investment facilities and 
cash. 

We have one facility which is due in less than 

one year. The facility totals £90million of which 
£45million was drawn at the end of the year. Post 
year end we have signed an extension for a further 
three years. Once completed we expect to have no 
further financing requirements until March 2023. 

loan to Value

33.1%

(2020: 35.4%)

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

034

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

responsible Business – ESG

responsible  
and sustainable 
approach

Materiality Matrix

h
g
H

i

S
r
E
d
l
o
H
E
K
A
t
S
o
t
E
c
n
A
t
r
o
p
m

i

w
o
L

Low

Energy efficiency & consumption
Sustainable properties
Health & safety 
Mental health & wellbeing

Sustainable lifestyles  
& behaviours

Climate change
mitigation

Sustainable  
construction

Climate change
adaptation

Biodiversity

Community investment
& engagement

Diversity, equality  
& inclusion

Transparency  
& disclosure

Brand, culture  
& values

Fair compensation & 
executive remuneration

Water  
management

Responsible supply 
chain management

Regulation

importAncE to Empiric StudEnt propErty plc

High

The Board believes that ESG 
must be fully embedded within 
all activities within the Group 
for it to succeed.

our ESG Journey and commitment to 
Stakeholders 

We are committed to creating and operating 
a responsible and sustainable business which has a 
positive impact on all of our stakeholders. During 
2020 we established a Board-level ESG Committee 
tasked with providing a road map to deliver a 
significant step change in our approach to ESG.

Our purpose is to help students make the 
most of their university life by providing safe and 
modern living spaces with service that makes them 
feel at home.

In 2021 the ESG Committee undertook our 

first formal materiality assessment. The decision to 
undertake a materiality assessment was driven by a 
number of considerations. Firstly, a materiality 
assessment would help inform the Group’s future 
sustainability strategy. It would allow the Group to 
identify what organisational changes would be 
required and what tools, resources or investment 
would be needed to implement a robust ESG 
strategy. Importantly, a materiality assessment 
would enable the Group to prioritise what the 
business can or should do to support its key 
stakeholders whilst communicating this both 
internally and externally. Finally, completing a 
materiality assessment would allow the Group to 
rationalise to key stakeholders why it was 
prioritising certain topics within its future 
sustainability strategy and disclosure.

 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

035

StrAtEGic rEport

responsible  

and sustainable 

approach

The assessment, led by our Board and ESG 

We have structured our Responsible 

Business section so that we have an individual 
section for each of our four key topics:

 –

 –

 –

 –

Becoming a sustainable business and 
achieving net zero  
Page 36
Excelling in providing health and safety
Page 37
Enhancing mental health and wellbeing
Page 38
providing opportunities for all 
Page 39

We are committed to improving our 
contribution to the environment, our social 
obligations to employees, suppliers, customers and 
the communities in which we operate. Our activities 
will be guided by setting ambitious and challenging 
targets that will guide our strategy, operations and 
employees over the coming years.

Committee, was undertaken by an independent 
third party to ensure confidentiality and impartiality. 
The assessment was conducted according to the 
Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) and its reporting 
standards.

To ensure that we fully understood the 
priorities and needs of our stakeholders, we:
 –
Listened to over 1,700 students to better 
understand our customers’ needs and expectations.
 –
Undertook a range of surveys and focus 
groups with our colleagues.
 –
Conducted one-to-one interviews with other 
stakeholders, such as investors, banks, professional 
advisers and analysts.

Following the assessments above, our 
external adviser analysed and assessed qualitative 
information to determine the key topics identified by 
stakeholders, with the output of the materiality 
matrix detailed opposite.

The ESG Committee reviewed the  
materiality matrix and decided to combine the 
“energy efficiency & consumption” and “Sustainable 
properties” topics under one heading. The 
Committee also decided to add a fourth topic 
around how Empiric aims to provide opportunities 
for all through its business activities.

ESG 
Management  
Framework

S e n i o

o u r  people
r   l e a dership tea
E S G   c ommitte

e

m

ESG Committee
The Committee will oversee…
the creation of overall ESG strategy for the Group, ensuring 
that there is Board-level discussion and input.

the Board

The Board
The Board has overall responsibility for… 
the Group’s ESG strategy and the direction which the Group will take.

S

e

E

S

G com m i t t e e
nior leader s h i p   t
our peo p l e

m

a

e

Senior Leadership Team
Senior management are responsible for… 
ensuring this ESG strategy is embedded throughout the 
business and providing key support to communities.

Our People
The successful delivery of an ESG strategy across our business 
will require the collaboration and support of all our people.

 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

036

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

During 2021 we also replaced all of our 

on-site vans with electric vehicles; see case study 
for more detail. These vans can then be charged 
on-site where the electricity we use in our buildings 
is 100% renewable. This is backed by UK-based 
renewable generation certificates administered by 
Ofgem. This means the electricity we use is 
generated in renewable ways ranging from solar 
and wind turbines to anaerobic digestion and 
biomass plants. 

Finally, in 2021 we signed up to become a 

supporter of the TCFD. This is our first year in 
complying with disclosures in line with TCFD 
recommendations except as set out on page 44. We 
expect these disclosures to evolve as we start to 
define our pathway to net zero carbon and will 
become fully compliant in the future.

Continue our road map of planned energy 

Disclosure of our EPC position across the 

Key Aims for 2022
 –
Group and steps being taken to improve this.
 –
efficiency initiatives across the portfolio.
 –
Increase the ESG disclosures on our 
corporate website to increase transparency.
 –
website.

Publish CBRE’s Net Zero report on our 

Electric Vans 
case study
During 2021 the lease on our six diesel 
work vans came up for renewal and the 
decision was quickly made to replace 
these with green electric work vans. 
Although this came at a slight 
premium, it was an important message 
to make to underline our commitment 
to ESG. As part of the project we 
installed electric charging stations at six 
buildings and were able to utilise our 
renewable electricity. Our people and 
students reacted very positively to the 
roll-out of the new electric vans, with 
posts being made on Workplace, our 
internal social media site.

responsible Business – ESG continued

Becoming a 
sustainable 
business  
and achieving  
net zero

We intend to become net zero in 
our operations, property portfolio 
and energy consumption by 
2035 or before. We will reduce 
the environmental impact of the 
buildings annually as part of a 
strategy through investment in 
energy and resource efficiencies 
and encourage our students 
to increase their sustainable 
behaviour. We have also set a 
wider target of being net zero in 
all our emissions (adding scope 3) 
by 2050 or sooner.

Actions undertaken during 2021

As part of our ambition to achieve net zero 

we have appointed CBRE to undertake an 
overarching Net Zero report, this will help us to 
define KPIs and also areas in which we need 
stronger governance. As part of this report, there 
will be a section that we publish on our website 
under a new ESG section.

We have also commissioned our utilities 

adviser to build an asset-by-asset road map of our 
existing portfolio. This will contain yearly targets and 
activities and highlight to us where best to invest 
our capital. As part of this project, in our June 2021 
Interim Report we announced that we had ring 
fenced £4 million of green expenditure over the 
next five years to help achieve these goals.

In December 2021 we undertook our first 

pilot green initiative in Manchester on two assets. 
This project involved the installation of new panel 
heaters in the building which were then connected 
to our heating network. This project will pay for itself 
in energy savings over a period of less than two 
years. This pilot initiative was completed without 
any disturbance to our customers and has helped 
design the blueprint for future initiatives.

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

037

StrAtEGic rEport

We undertook a large training programme 

with the Institute of Occupational Safety and Health 
(“IOSH”) during the year; see case study for detail. 
One outcome of this training was the decision to 
review and relaunch our existing health and safety 
policy to ensure it was up to date and relevant. This 
was relaunched in October 2021 alongside a 
secondary document which gives guidance on the 
key aspects of the policy document which are 
pertinent to each job role. 

We have hired a full-time in-house health and 

Key Aims for 2022
 –
safety expert to increase the resource and 
knowledge with the business. We also require an 
internal expert to help us facilitate and embed a 
culture change throughout the business. 
 –
Define and establish KPIs for external 
reporting around Colleague Engagement, Training, 
Incident Reporting and Student Feedback. 
 –
our fire safety projects.

Continue to undertake capital expenditure on 

IOSH Training 
case study
During the year, we undertook a 
number of training courses with IOSH. 
There were two main streams of 
training, firstly the frontline IOSH 
training programme. This consisted of 
three separate courses: Managing Safely, 
Working Safely and Fire Safety. This 
was delivered as a hybrid of in-person 
and online teaching to our people. We 
had 120 of our front line people 
complete the course and the feedback we 
had was overwhelmingly positive.

The second stream of training was the 
IOSH Leading Safely course. This was 
a full day in-person course delivered to 
three Board members and three 
Executive Committee members. Each 
attendee made a number of key safety 
commitments which will be woven into 
our health and safety strategy.

Excelling in 
providing Health 
and Safety

We will continue to build on 
our established good practice 
in health and safety where 
we operate. We will do this 
by continuing to target zero 
RIDDORs each year as defined 
by the HSE. We also understand 
the need to create environments 
that make our students and 
employees feel safe. Needing to 
feel safe always scores highly in 
our customer surveys and we 
have a duty to address that. 

Actions undertaken during 2021

In our 2021 Interim Report we announced 

that we would be spending circa £30 million on fire 
safety works in our buildings. However, we are 
uncertain how much we will recover from 
developers so we have increased this estimate to 
£37 million. 

This workstream was split into two sections. 
The first part includes fire compartmentation works, 
where we undertook works on 29 buildings in 2021, 
with a further 30 buildings planned for 2022 and 
2023. The second part of the workstream was 
external wall system (“EWS”) surveys. We undertook 
EWS surveys on our 20 buildings which were 
classed as high risk due to their height being over 
18 metres. The actions are currently being worked 
through by our property team. 

Keeping our people and customers safe is 
always of paramount importance to us. We have 
continued to maintain a number of initiatives within 
our buildings to ensure safety during the COVID-19 
pandemic, and we have also been agile and 
amended these safety measures in line with 
government guidance.

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

038

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

responsible Business – ESG continued

Enhancing mental 
Health and 
Wellbeing

The wellbeing and mental health 
of our students and employees is a 
top priority for us. We also know 
how it can make a positive impact 
on our business and the wider 
community.

Actions undertaken during 2021

During 2021 we undertook a number of 
different actions to enhance the mental health and 
wellbeing for both colleagues and our customers. 
One of the key actions undertaken was mental 
health training undertaken with Mental Health First 
Aid England, discussed further in our case study.

We launched a series of awareness and 

wellbeing weeks across the business. In May we 
had our Mental Health Awareness Week with the 
theme of nature; we encouraged colleagues to get 
outdoors and share their pictures on a new ESG 
working group on Workplace and used the 
opportunity to remind everyone how to access 
support to improve their wellbeing and mental 
health. In October we launched a series of 
wellbeing weeks, where we featured a different 
aspect of wellbeing each week, encouraging 
managers to engage their team members in 
discussions that will increase awareness about the 
support tools we offer and demonstrate that we 
care about the health and wellbeing of our people. 

We also launched a “How are you Feeling?” 

survey undertaken by our London office-based 
colleagues following an extended period of remote 
working and an announcement of a planned office 
move to London Bridge later in the year. The survey 
results indicated a strong preference for “hybrid 
working” to become the new norm. A working party 
was set up to further review and respond to the 
results, combined with communication updates for 
the new office.

We launched a further round of refunds and 

discounts to help our customers who had been 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. One of the 
main considerations around offering the refunds 
was the impact of stress on our customers’ mental 
health.

In 2021 we have continued in partnership 
with Endsleigh, a student assistance programme. 
This programme provides our customers with 
unlimited access to a 24/7 mental health and 
confidential counselling service (BACP accredited) 
through a telephone helpline. We believe 
supporting our customers’ wellbeing is paramount. 

Improve our Best Companies score as well 

Key Aims for 2022
 –
as our student satisfaction score.
 –
Define and develop how we evaluate our 
approach to the wellbeing of all our stakeholders 
before being able to set out, define and establish 
KPIs.

Mental Health & 
Wellbeing Training 

case study
We partnered with Mental Health First 
Aid England (“MHFA”) to deliver 
training to all people managers to 
improve their knowledge, awareness 
and understanding in supporting both 
team members and students. Separate 
shorter sessions were also delivered for 
key frontline roles, Customer Service 
Advisers and Night Caretakers initially. 
This meant that everyone from our 
CEO to our front-line colleagues had 
undertaken some form of mental health 
first aid training to ensure we can help 
protect our customers and our people as 
well as ourselves. We want to continue 
to progress this training in future years 
with regular top-up sessions and forum 
discussions.

  
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

039

StrAtEGic rEport

providing 
opportunities 
For All

We believe that being inclusive 
improves opportunities for our 
students, employees and people 
living in the communities we 
operate in. This will not only 
create long-term value to our 
business, but also society.

Actions undertaken during 2021

Our first action in 2021 was to become a 

Living Wage Employer from 1 January 2021. We are 
committed to ensuring that we continue to hold this 
accreditation as we strongly believe our people 
should be fairly rewarded. 

We have introduced two new KPIs around 

our people. Firstly, a mandatory training KPI 
established for monthly tracking and reporting. This 
has shown a 44% increase in the year. Secondly, a 
new KPI to track internal promotions into eligible 
roles; this is currently running at 23%, meaning that 
just over one in five roles advertised are filled 
internally by promotion.

Gender diversity

Board
2021

2020

Executive Committee
2021

2020

Other Employees
2021

2020

Total

2021

2020

Male

Female

4

4

4

4

151

162

155

166

2

2

2

2

138

154

140

158

To help assist internal promotions we have 

Equality, diversity and inclusion

launched a skills matrix for maintenance operatives 
and day/night caretakers. This self-assessment 
allows us to gauge current levels of ability and 
confidence to complete certain tasks. It also 
highlights areas where we will develop a training 
plan to increase capability and reduce external 
spend as well as upskilling our people. This allows 
our people to work as one team and to treat others 
as equals. These feed into our Values as a business 
which we relaunched in the year; see the case 
study for more detail.

Continue to support and help local causes in 

Key Aims for 2022
 –
our communities.
 –
diversity issues and targets.

Undertake a review looking into wider 

Group employees are committed to 
promoting an inclusive, positive and collaborative 
culture. We treat everyone equally irrespective of 
age, sex, sexual orientation, race, colour, nationality, 
ethnic origin, religion, religious or other 
philosophical belief, disability, gender identity, 
gender reassignment, marital or civil partner status, 
or pregnancy or maternity.

We continue to review our approach to 
diversity, equality and inclusion, including the use of 
targets. Our workforce and customers are from a 
diverse range of people so we need to ensure that 
our workplace remains inclusive and allows our 
people and our customers a place where they can 
thrive.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

040

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

responsible Business – ESG continued

Opportunities  
For All 
case study
We also look to provide opportunities 
for all in our wider community. 
During the year, the BBC undertook 
filming at one of our buildings and as 
payment we requested they make a 
donation to a charity on our behalf. 
The local site team chose Kind in 
Liverpool, a charity which focuses on 
helping disadvantaged children and 
families from across Liverpool and 
Merseyside. The image here shows the 
filming outside our Hahnemann 
Building. 

modern Slavery

Ethical Business

We are committed to carrying out business 
fairly, honestly and openly. Our anti-bribery policy 
mandates a zero-tolerance approach, which all our 
people must read and consent to, both during their 
induction and when any updates are made to the 
policy. We require employees to take regular 
compliance training and to certify each year that 
they have complied with our policies.

Our people are important to our business 

maintaining the highest standards of honesty, 
openness and accountability. Our whistleblowing 
policy explains how our people can report a 
whistleblowing concern and reassures them that 
any such disclosure is made in full confidence. The 
Board monitors and reviews the policy on at least 
an annual basis to ensure it complies with UK 
legislation. There were no incidents of 
whistleblowing during the year. In 2022 we are 
going to seek to develop an externally managed 
whistleblowing hotline as well as reviewing the 
policy.

Protecting human rights and preventing 

modern slavery is important to us. We are 
fundamentally opposed to slavery and committed to 
understanding the risk of it and ensuring it does not 
occur anywhere within our business or supply 
chain.

Our most significant risk area in relation to 

slavery and human trafficking is in our supply chain, 
particularly in connection with the sourcing by 
suppliers of construction material, certain goods 
and the provision of manual labour in property 
development and management services.

While nearly all our direct suppliers are 

based in the UK, some of these suppliers source 
some materials from around the world.

As part of our broader initiative to identify 

centralising more contracts as a core part of 

and mitigate risk in our supply chain, we have 
updated our consideration of factors such as:
reviewing our current contractors and 
 –
suppliers, particularly in relation to supply chain, 
with a view to developing preferred supplier list 
arrangements based on robust selection;
 –
our supplier management strategy;
 –
processes within procurement practices;
 –
UK-based suppliers and contractors that align to our 
business code of conduct expectations; and
 –
the reporting of concerns and the protection of 
whistleblowers in our supply chain. 

ensuring systems are in place to encourage 

strengthening our compliance review 

developing strong relationships with 

We believe there is minimal risk of slavery 
and human trafficking in our colleague base. We 
continue to review this risk assessment and monitor 
our activity as part of our broader approach to 
ensuring we are a responsible and sustainable 
business.

For our full statement please refer to  

www.hellostudent.co.uk

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

041

StrAtEGic rEport

our key 
stakeholders 
and how 
we engage 
with them

This section provides more 
information on the various 
stakeholder engagement activities 
and our future plans. Please refer  
to the section 172 (“s.172”) 
statement on page 46 for more 
detail on the Board’s engagement 
with our key stakeholders.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

042

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

responsible Business – ESG continued

Stakeholder  
Engagement

Stakeholder

Why We Engage

How We Engage

Material Issues

Actions Taken in 2021 

customers

people

communities

Shareholders

The needs of our customers inspire our brand and 
provide insightful feedback on how we can improve 
our service offering to them and better fulfil our 
purpose. We have a responsibility to provide our 
customers with a safe place to live and to care for 
their wellbeing, which is critical to the Board’s 
strategic decision-making and our review of any 
operational changes.

On a day-to-day basis within our buildings.

Through biannual customer surveys.

Through our social media presence.

Through building relationships with universities in 
the towns and cities which we operate in.

Our people are vital to the successful delivery of 
our business performance. We have a responsibility 
to provide our people with a safe place to work and 
to care for their wellbeing to enable them to 
prosper. 

On a day-to-day basis we use Workplace as an 
internal communication tool.

Quarterly townhalls are held where our people 
can raise questions and contribute.

The tone and culture of our organisation comes 
alive through the actions of our people.

Through the Colleague Forum.

Our communities help us to fulfil our purpose of 
enhancing the university experience for our 
customers. The Board aims to understand the local 
markets in which we operate and the key issues we 
face which assists its decision-making around new 
opportunities through which we can contribute to 
our local communities.

Through on-site communication with members of 
the public and local communities.

We have membership with the British Property 
Federation where we can interact with 
communities and government on a wider basis.

We also have interaction with communities 
through the property licensing disclosures we 
have to undertake.

 – Safety in their homes

 – Customer service

 – Value for money

 – Safety at work

 – Pay and reward

 – Fair and equal treatment

 – Communication

 – Job creation

 – Housing stock

 – Supporting local charities

Our shareholders are key stakeholders in our 
business. The Board has a responsibility and desire 
to communicate key matters relating to the Group 
openly and honestly to our shareholders. 

The Group also has a wider responsibility to 
shareholders to enhance the value of the business 
and fulfil its purpose ethically.

Through face-to-face meetings with investors.

 – ESG reporting and disclosure

Through our Annual and Interim Report.

At our Annual General Meeting.

 – Sustainable business

 – Financial results

 – Dividend payments

Environment

Our environment is fundamental to our future. We 
have a duty to operate our business in an efficient 
way, giving specific regard to the impact of our 
operations on the environment and utilising 
methods throughout our properties (both 
development and operational sites) that mitigate  
the risk of environmental damage.

On an annual basis there is detailed ESG 
reporting within our Annual Report.

We are looking to increase the level of reporting 
and policies available on our website.

 – Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions

 – Replacing all of our diesel vans with 

 – Sustainable business

 – Offered refunds to students impacted 

by COVID-19 pandemic in Q1 2021.

 – Moved our student assistance 

programme onto a student app. 

 – Embedded our new operational 

structure, meaning there was cover on 

sites 24 hours a day, seven days a 

Page 22

week.

Page 22

 – Relaunched our Company values after 

a consultation with our people. 

Page 26

 – Rated as “One to Watch” by the Best 

Companies survey. 

Page 22

 – Becoming a Real Living Wage 

Employer from January 2021.

Page 22

 – Supported a number of local charities 

and donated items to the British Heart 

 – Had filming at a number of our sites. 

Foundation. 

Page 40

 – Undertook a materiality assessment to 

help develop our ESG strategy. 

 – Resumption of paying dividends to 

 – Protecting the business and ensuring 

its long-term sustainability and going 

Page 34

shareholders.

Page 33

concern. 

Page 33

electric vans.

Page 36

 – Undertaking an energy efficiency 

project in Manchester, the first of our 

five-year programme.

Page 36

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

043

StrAtEGic rEport

Stakeholder

Why We Engage

How We Engage

Material Issues

Actions Taken in 2021 

customers

people

The needs of our customers inspire our brand and 

On a day-to-day basis within our buildings.

provide insightful feedback on how we can improve 

our service offering to them and better fulfil our 

Through biannual customer surveys.

purpose. We have a responsibility to provide our 

customers with a safe place to live and to care for 

Through our social media presence.

their wellbeing, which is critical to the Board’s 

strategic decision-making and our review of any 

Through building relationships with universities in 

operational changes.

the towns and cities which we operate in.

Our people are vital to the successful delivery of 

On a day-to-day basis we use Workplace as an 

our business performance. We have a responsibility 

internal communication tool.

to provide our people with a safe place to work and 

to care for their wellbeing to enable them to 

Quarterly townhalls are held where our people 

prosper. 

can raise questions and contribute.

The tone and culture of our organisation comes 

Through the Colleague Forum.

alive through the actions of our people.

 – Safety in their homes
 – Customer service
 – Value for money

 – Safety at work
 – Pay and reward
 – Fair and equal treatment
 – Communication

communities

Our communities help us to fulfil our purpose of 

Through on-site communication with members of 

enhancing the university experience for our 

the public and local communities.

 – Job creation
 – Housing stock
 – Supporting local charities

customers. The Board aims to understand the local 

markets in which we operate and the key issues we 

We have membership with the British Property 

face which assists its decision-making around new 

Federation where we can interact with 

opportunities through which we can contribute to 

communities and government on a wider basis.

our local communities.

We also have interaction with communities 

through the property licensing disclosures we 

have to undertake.

Shareholders

Our shareholders are key stakeholders in our 

Through face-to-face meetings with investors.

business. The Board has a responsibility and desire 

to communicate key matters relating to the Group 

Through our Annual and Interim Report.

openly and honestly to our shareholders. 

At our Annual General Meeting.

The Group also has a wider responsibility to 

shareholders to enhance the value of the business 

and fulfil its purpose ethically.

 – ESG reporting and disclosure
 – Sustainable business
 – Financial results
 – Dividend payments

Environment

Our environment is fundamental to our future. We 

On an annual basis there is detailed ESG 

have a duty to operate our business in an efficient 

reporting within our Annual Report.

 – Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions
 – Sustainable business

way, giving specific regard to the impact of our 

operations on the environment and utilising 

methods throughout our properties (both 

development and operational sites) that mitigate  

the risk of environmental damage.

We are looking to increase the level of reporting 

and policies available on our website.

 – Offered refunds to students impacted 
by COVID-19 pandemic in Q1 2021.

 – Moved our student assistance 

programme onto a student app. 
Page 22

 – Embedded our new operational 

structure, meaning there was cover on 
sites 24 hours a day, seven days a 
week.
Page 22

 – Relaunched our Company values after 

a consultation with our people. 
Page 26

 – Rated as “One to Watch” by the Best 

Companies survey. 
Page 22

 – Becoming a Real Living Wage 
Employer from January 2021.
Page 22

 – Supported a number of local charities 
and donated items to the British Heart 
Foundation. 

 – Had filming at a number of our sites. 

Page 40

 – Undertook a materiality assessment to 

help develop our ESG strategy. 
Page 34

 – Resumption of paying dividends to 

shareholders.
Page 33

 – Protecting the business and ensuring 
its long-term sustainability and going 
concern. 
Page 33

 – Replacing all of our diesel vans with 

electric vans.
Page 36

 – Undertaking an energy efficiency 

project in Manchester, the first of our 
five-year programme.
Page 36

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

044

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

responsible Business – ESG continued

task Force on climate- 
related Financial  
disclosures (“tcFd”)

We’re committed to implementing the recommendations of the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. In 2021 
we signed up to become an official supporter of the TCFD.

Area

Disclosure

Governance
a) Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-
related risks and opportunities.
b) Describe management’s role in assessing  
and managing climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

Strategy
a) Describe the climate-related risks and 
opportunities the organisation has identified over 
the short, medium, and long term.
b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy and financial planning.
c) Describe the resilience of the organisation’s 
strategy, taking into consideration different 
climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or  
lower scenario.

risk management
a) Describe the organisation’s processes for 
identifying and assessing climate-related risks.
b) Describe the organisation’s processes for 
managing climate-related risks.
c) Describe how processes for identifying, 
assessing, and managing climate-related risks  
are integrated into the organisation’s overall  
risk management.

metrics and targets
a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation 
to assess climate-related risks and opportunities 
in line with its strategy and risk management 
process.
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, 
Scope 3 greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, and 
the related risks.
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation 
to manage climate-related risks and opportunities 
and performance against targets.

a) The Board is ultimately responsible for risk management, including the consideration of 
climate-related risks, though this responsibility is delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee.  
See pages 48 to 53 for our risk management framework.

b) The ESG Committee’s terms of reference set out that the Committee is responsible for: 
“Identifying, managing and mitigating or eliminating ESG risks in connection with the Group’s 
operations and corporate activity:” The ESG Committee is a Board-level Committee chaired by 
the Chairman. Management is informed through reports and feedback from the CFO/CSO who 
manages the day-to-day ESG working Group.

a) We have undertaken an initial review of the climate-related risks over the short, medium and 
long term as set out below. We will identify risks and opportunities on a continual basis. 
Short term (0-5 years): We expect stricter legislation as the UK Government aims to reach its net 
carbon neutral target. This includes greater disclosure requirements as well as implementation of 
new Minimum Energy Efficiency Standards for rented property. 
Medium term (5-10 years): Customer choice will become more environmentally driven, with 
higher demand for efficient low-carbon footprint buildings. 
Long term (15+ years): Climate change in the UK will bring more extreme weather conditions 
which our buildings will have to be able to withstand and thrive in.

b) The Board will ensure that climate risks and ESG factors are included as key metrics when we 
undertake our portfolio reviews to see where we wish to either divest or invest further capital in 
green energy efficiency initiatives. We will also consider the climate-related risks and energy 
efficiency on all acquisitions. See page 36 for work being undertaken on energy efficiency 
initiatives.

c) We do not currently comply with this. We will in the near future undertake an analysis into the 
resilience of the organisation’s strategy. We do not foresee that our current strategy will change. 

a) The Group does not yet fully comply with this, the organisation has included climate-related 
risks into some elements of its decision making, such as any property investment / divestment 
decisions. The identification and assessment of our climate-related risks will continue to evolve 
over the coming years as we set out what our risk classification frameworks will be. 

b&c) The Board recognises that climate change is an increasingly important priority and is one  
of our top emerging risks. Our risk matrix is regularly reviewed and updated to keep track  
of the changing nature of these risks. See page 48 to 53 for the Group’s Principal Risks  
and Uncertainties.

a,b&c) We do not currently fully comply with this. As we develop our ESG strategy and our 
climate-related risk management we will publish further metrics in this area and announce 
targets for these.

We disclose Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions in our Annual Report; see  
page 45. We are looking to include Scope 3 emissions in the future, once we further develop our 
ESG reporting. We do not believe Scope 3 emissions will have a material impact on our figures 
as we should have minimal upstream and downstream emissions.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

045

StrAtEGic rEport

Energy 
usage data

Energy usage

Energy usage remains a key focus for our 
business, reducing usage both through changing 
how our customers act and also employing capital 
projects. The key headlines are:

-  8.6% reduction in like-for-like direct GHG 

emissions since 2020.

-  0.1% increase in like-for-like electricity 

consumption since 2020.

-  COVID-19 had an impact in the reduction of 

GHG and electricity consumption in 2020. Due to 
the various lockdowns under government 
guidelines, we expect the consumption to start 
increasing in line with pre COVID-19 levels going 
forward. 

Water usage

Our total water usage has decreased 
marginally since 2020. However, on a normalised 
basis per bed the usage levels have increased. This 
is due to more accurate data being available due to 
the installation of smart meters. 

methodology

We have used the EPRA Best Practices 
Recommendations on Sustainability Reporting (Third 
Edition) and GHG Protocol Standard (revised 
edition), using a financial control organisational 
boundary to prepare this disclosure. The UK 
Government Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting have been applied to convert energy 
data into greenhouse gas emissions. Whole 
building data has been reported and any missing 
data has been estimated using either direct 
comparison, pro rata calculation or based on an 
average consumption value per bed.

Waste management

All sites currently have recycling facilities that 

are used by our customers and people. We aim to 
review our overall waste management arrangement 
to identify more efficient ways to manage our 
recycling throughout the whole Group. 

The EPRA performance data set out on this 

page provides the information required for the 
Group to comply with The Companies (Directors’ 
Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy 
and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018. Direct 
emissions are the emissions from activities for which 
the Company own or control, including combustion 
of fuel and operation of facilities (known as Scope 1 
emissions). Indirect emissions are emissions from 
purchase of electricity, heat, steam and colling 
purchased for own use (known as Scope 2 
emissions).

The tables below contain our EPRA performance data for each relevant impact area.

Greenhouse Gas 

EPRA Code 

2021 

2020

Like-for-like:
Total direct GHG emissions (tCO2e) 
Total indirect GHG emissions (tCO2e) 

Absolute:
Total direct GHG emissions (tCO2e) 
Total indirect GHG emissions (tCO2e) 

Normalised:
GHG intensity from building energy consumption 
(tCO2e per operating bed) 

2021 – % of total assets included: LfL – 100% / Abs – 100%
2021 – % of data estimated: LfL – 9.1% / Abs – 9.1%

GHG-Dir-LfL 
GHG-Indir-LfL 

GHG-Dir-Abs 
GHG-Indir-Abs 

3,309 
3,772 

3,309 
3,772 

3,622 
4,139 

3,622 
4,139 

GHG-Int 

0.82

0..88

Energy 

EPRA Code 

2021 

2020

Like-for-like:
Total fuel consumption (kWh) 
Total district heating & cooling consumption (kWh)  DH&C-Abs 
Total electricity consumption (kWh) 

Fuels-LfL 

Elec-LfL 

Absolute:
Fuels-Abs 
Total fuel consumption (kWh) 
Total district heating & cooling consumption (kWh)  DH&C-Abs
Total electricity consumption (kWh) 

Elec-Abs 

18,068,259 
628,636 
17,763,204 

19,699,010 
669,120 
17,753,011 

18,068,259 
628,636 
17,763,204 

19,699,010 
669,120 
17,753,011 

Normalised:
Building energy intensity (kWh per operating bed)  Energy-Int 

4,228.73 

4,339.84 

2021 – % of total assets included: LfL – 100% / Abs – 100%
2021 – % of data estimated: LfL – 9.1% / Abs – 9.1%

Water 

Like-for-like:
Total water consumption (m3) 

Absolute:
Total water consumption (m3) 

EPRA Code 

2021 

2020

Water-LfL 

353,826 

356,979 

Water-Abs 

353,826 

356,979 

Normalised:
Building water intensity (m3 per operating bed) 

Water-Int 

41.04 

40.64 

2021 – % of total assets included: LfL – 100% / Abs – 100%
2021 – % of data estimated: LfL – 59% / Abs – 59%

 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

046

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

the impact of the company’s operations on the 
community and the Environment

The community and environment in which the 
Company operates in is a key priority for the Board. 
The Board identified that the Company’s ESG 
strategy was not strong enough and so set about 
reviewing this. See page 34 to 45 for detail. The 
Board takes the impact of the Group’s operations 
on the community and environment into account in 
each decision. The decisions which the Board take 
can have widespread ramifications. Reviewing this 
impact is not a perfunctory exercise but one which 
the Board believes is a key responsibility, which 
includes robust challenge of all decisions.

the desirability of the company maintaining 
a reputation for High Standards of Business 
conduct

The Board recognises the importance of 

maintaining a reputation for high standards of 
business conduct. The Board always seeks to make 
the best decision for the Company which, while 
taking into account the needs of all of our 
stakeholders, also reflects morally on our 
obligations as a Company.

The Board encourages this principle 
throughout the business and directs the Company’s 
ethos through the Company purpose and values. In 
2021 the Board approved the relaunched values; 
see page 26 for detail.

The Board also encourages the Company to 

go above and beyond in certain areas and one 
particular example is mental health welfare, where 
the Board pushed for support for both our people 
and our customers to be set up.

the need to Act Fairly Between Shareholders of 
the company

The Board believes transparency and 

accountability of the business is paramount to 
encourage shareholder confidence. The Board 
listens to and reviews the views across our 
shareholder base.

The need to act fairly between all of our 

shareholders underpins the Board’s decisions’ and 
the Board receives regular feedback from 
shareholders after our annual and interim results 
release. The Board also receives and reviews 
feedback from research analysts throughout the 
year. This helps to identify key shareholder trends 
which the Board takes note of. The capital structure 
of the Company as a REIT, limiting individual 
shareholdings to a maximum of 10% of issued share 
capital, helps to ensure there are no dominant 
shareholders and that all shareholders are treated 
equally.

Section 172

Section 172(1) of the Companies 
Act 2006 “Duty to promote the 
success of the company”
A director of a company must 
act in the way he/she considers, 
in good faith, would be most 
likely to promote the success of 
the company for the benefit of 
its members as a whole, and in 
doing so have regard (amongst 
other matters) to:

the likely consequences of Any decision  
in the long term

The Board provides oversight over the 
Company’s performance and gives guidance as to 
the long-term strategy of the Company. The 
day-to-day management and decision-making is 
delegated by the Board to the Executive Committee 
which provides regular updates to the Board. This 
allows the Board to monitor the performance of the 
Company and ensures that the Company is 
progressing in line with the long-term strategy. The 
KPIs reported on page 28 are the key metrics which 
the Board reviews, which are supplemented by 
further detailed reporting.

the interests of the company’s Employees

Our people are crucial to the Company’s 

success; they provide our customers with 
exceptional service to ensure they feel at home. 
The Board recognises how vital our people are and, 
as such, all decisions taken by the Board consider 
the interests of the Company’s employees.

The Board has designated Alice Avis (Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director) to liaise with 
the Colleague Forum. This allows a direct conduit 
between the Board and our people. This gives the 
Board insight into the views and concerns of our 
people and allows it to ensure its decisions are 
aligned with the interests of the Company’s 
employees.

the need to Foster the company’s Business 
relationships with Suppliers, customers  
and others

The Company has a few key suppliers and 
the Board is involved in reviewing and approving 
any key contracts which the Company enters into. 
As such, the Board provides oversight and 
challenge to key suppliers. Day-to-day relationships 
with Company suppliers are delegated to the Senior 
Leadership Team to ensure a close relationship is 
fostered.

Without customers the Company could not 

exist, and, as such, the Board takes great interest in 
fostering relationships with these customers. The 
Board reviews the results of the biannual customer 
survey, as well as receiving and reviewing other ad 
hoc reports on our customers’ preferences and 
wishes. As part of the CEO’s Board reporting, our 
customers sit as a standing agenda item. The Board 
believes that fostering a close relationship and a 
deep understanding of our customers is key to the 
Company’s success.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

047

StrAtEGic rEport

Principal Decision 1 – January 2021 – Commencing the disposal programme
After a segmentation analysis of the property portfolio, a number of non-core assets were identified. In January 2021 the Board agreed that the first 
four proposed disposals should proceed and that the Group should look into the future of our segment D assets. (See page 20 for detail).

long-term success 
considerations

The actions which the Board undertook were focused on 

ensuring that the Group’s property portfolio was in the best 
position possible to enact the Group’s strategy.

The Board then agreed that the sales proceeds would be 
reinvested into the business either in refurbishment 
programmes or in further purchases of standing assets or 
development opportunities. 

Stakeholder impact 
considerations

outcomes

The assets sold were deemed non-core by the Group and fitted 
into segment D of our segmentation analysis. (See page 20 
for detail). 

customers – The Board considered that when our customers 

book a Hello Student® room then they should receive a 
consistent offering. Disposing of the segment D assets which 
would not give customers a consistent stay when compared 
to our segment A or B assets would help achieve this. 

people – The Board considered how these decisions would 

impact people. The main impact would be that by creating a 
better aligned property portfolio we would place the Group in 
a stronger position, which will create a better company to 
work for in the future.

The actions taken by the Board allowed four properties to be 
sold in the year. As part of the sanctioning of the disposal of 
category D assets, a further five assets were unconditionally 
exchanged at the year end and completed in January 2022. 
The Group has successfully sold nine of its non-core category 
D assets.

Shareholders – The Board considered that our shareholders 
would benefit from these decisions, as they would help to 
protect the long-term viability of the Company through having 
a well aligned property portfolio.

community/Environment – The Board considered whether 

there were any adverse impacts on either the community or 
environment and concluded that the above decision would 
have no adverse impact.

The Board’s belief is that this principal decision taken was a 

positive decision for all stakeholders.

Principal Decision 2 – May 2021 – Further investment in our internal platform
The Board identified that through successfully in-housing our revenue management platform, we had a significant opportunity to leverage this 
platform to give us a far greater understanding of our customers through data analytics. As such, the Board agreed to embark upon a road map to 
invest further into our internal revenue management platform.

long-term success 
considerations

Through gaining a better understanding of our data and getting 
detailed analytics of where we had drop-offs in our booking 
process we will be able to improve our booking conversion 
rate. Ensuring that we maximise the revenue from all of our 
buildings allows us to maximise returns and generate further 
capital which we can reinvest in the future. In addition, having 
the whole platform in-house means the investment we make 
can be utilised for years to come.

Stakeholder impact 
considerations

customers – The Board considered that by improving the data 
we have about customers we can improve all aspects of the 
customers’ booking journey, allowing our customers to have a 
more tailored and seamless booking experience. This will 
help to increase customer satisfaction as well as customer 
retention. 

Shareholders – The Board considered that our shareholders 
would benefit from these decisions; the investment into the 
internal platform would quickly be repaid by higher 
occupancy, each percentage point of revenue occupancy 
gained is around £750,000. This means there is a short 
payback period for any investment made.

people – The Board considered that by increasing our 

understanding of the booking process, we can help train our 
people on what our customers really want. This helps our 
people ensure that our buildings are full year after year and 
thus increases their progression prospects within the Group.

community/Environment – The Board considered whether 

there were any adverse impacts on either the community or 
environment and concluded that the above decision would 
have no adverse impact.

outcomes

The outcome was that the Board approved the investment into 
our internal revenue management project. We have already 
started to see the benefits from this investment, such as 
introducing a new dynamic pricing model and platform that 
adopts the pricing strategy and regularly adjusts pricing to 
take into account occupancy and market conditions and 
allows us to optimise revenue opportunity.

The Board’s belief is that this principal decision taken was a 

positive decision for all stakeholders.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

048

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

principal risks and uncertainties

D uring 2021, COVID-19 has continued to 

have a material impact on our business. 
The impact primarily affected our student 

demographic, reducing the proportion of interna-
tional students. Health and safety risks around 
cladding and the impact of climate change continue 
to dominate the environment in which we operate 
in, and our risks, their impact and probability have 
been amended as appropriate. 

The risk pertaining to Brexit has decreased 

materially and while there are some impacts around 
supply chain and people costs, these are expected 
to reduce.

The Board regularly assesses the risk 

appetite of the Group, with the Audit and Risk 
Committee formally reviewing the effectiveness of 
our risk management process and internal control 
systems biannually. During the year, the Committee 
has not identified or been advised of any material 
failings or weaknesses. 

changes to principal risks

The Committee decided to amalgamate two 
risks, “Student Demand Risk” and “Revenue Risk”, 
under one centralised Revenue Risk (E1). The key 
driver of revenue risk is the level of student demand 
for our product, which can be broken down into a 
number of factors. Some of these factors are 
directly correlated with COVID-19, such as the 
change in UK student demographics as the 
pandemic means international students choose to 
stay away as a result of travel restrictions. Other 
factors are how attractively UK tertiary education is 
seen in the international marketplace and whether 
the high costs of university reflect value for money.
The Committee decided to add a new 
internal risk, “Safe and Sustainable Buildings Risk” 
(I4). This risk is made up of two components, firstly 
safety - the capital expenditure to ensure our 
buildings comply with forthcoming changes in fire 
and safety legislation. Second, sustainability of our 
buildings – the physical risks to our buildings 
caused by climate change, i.e. flooding, extreme 
change between hot summers and cold winters. 
These physical risks need to be managed through 
ensuring our buildings are designed and operated 
in the correct manner.

The Committee reviewed the emerging risks 
and considered whether climate change should be 
added as a principal risk due to the increase in 
regulation around compliance and reporting on 
energy efficiency, which brings added costs. There 
is also the impact of transitioning to a low-carbon 
economy, with the risk of rising costs meaning that 
some properties become unviable in their current 
format. The Committee considered that some of the 
physical risks around climate change had been 
included under I4, and so at this time would not be 
including a separate climate change principal risk. 
The Committee will continue to keep this under 
review. 

The Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed 

and approved the above changes to our principal 
risks and risk appetite. The trends relating to all the 
principal risks and uncertainties are set out in the 
table on pages 50 to 51 with our emerging risks on  
page 52.

Risk Responsibilities

The Board
The Board has overall  
responsibility for…
the determination of the Group’s risk 
appetite, the setting of objectives  
and policies, and has ultimate 
responsibility for managing risk.

Audit & Risk Committee
The Committee formally reviews… 
the effectiveness of our risk 
management processes and internal 
control systems biannually.

Senior Leadership Team
Senior management are 
responsible for… 
reviewing and monitoring the Group’s 
key risks, and overseeing the 
implementation and operation of  
the risk management and internal  
control systems. 

Our People
Everyone at Empiric has a role to play…
in identifying key risks facing the Group, 
and in the day-to-day management of 
risk through applying the appropriate 
controls, policies and processes.

i

H
g
h

P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y

M
e
d
u
m

i

L
o
w

Low

Adapting risk management in a changing environment

E1

E4

E2

I3

I2

I4

I1

E5

E3

Medium

IMPACT

High

External risks
E1  Revenue Risk
E2   Competition Risk
E3   Property Market Risk
E4   Regulatory Risk
E5   Funding Risk

internal risks
i1  Health & Safety Risk
i2  Cyber Security Risk
i3  People Risk
i4  Safe and Sustainable Buildings Risk

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

049

StrAtEGic rEport

In Scenario 3, under our Downside Stress 
Scenario, we would not meet projected interest 
cover covenants at the 31 March 2022 
measurement date for one lender. We would also 
have further breaches on two other facilities in the 
going concern period. The Group has cure rights 
under the lending agreements but would need to 
raise an additional £22million in cash to have 
sufficient liquidity to cure this ICR breach. The Board 
considers this scenario as extremely unlikely and 
that it is a severe downside scenario.

As at 2 March 2022, booking levels for the 
upcoming 2022/23 academic year are currently at 
35%; this compared to 20% for the 2021/22 
academic year as at 16 March 2021. As such, the 
Board is expecting that Scenario 1 is the most likely 
scenario at this time.

To support the Directors’ going concern 

assessment, the management also evaluated the 
occupancy level at which all ICR covenant tests 
were breached and, additionally, the impact of a 
“Reverse Stress Test” which was performed to 
determine the level of revenue occupancy for the 
2022/23 academic year at which the Group would 
need to seek alternative sources of funding. For this 
modelling we kept revenue occupancy for the 
2021/22 academic year at 84%. 

The Directors noted that if occupancy falls 

below 45% then the Group would be in breach of all 
ICR covenants, and at 47% revenue occupancy for 
the 2022/23 academic year (18% lower revenue 
occupancy than our Downside Stress Scenario) the 
Group would need to seek alternative sources of 
funding.

Having reviewed and considered the three 
modelled scenarios, the 2022/23 academic year 
occupancy level at which ICR covenants would be 
breached and the level at which alternative sources 
of funding would be required, the Directors 
consider that the Group has adequate resources in 
place for at least 12 months from the date of these 
results and have therefore adopted the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual 
financial statements.

Going concern – Viability Statement

The COVID-19 pandemic has created global 

economic uncertainty, and in particular an 
uncertainty around income for the upcoming 
2022/23 academic year. Accordingly, the Group has 
prepared projections to 30 September 2023 and 
conducted a detailed going concern review and 
considered its liquidity position and banking 
covenant compliance strength. 

As at 31 December 2021 the Group had  
£37 million in cash and £45 million of undrawn 
investment debt facilities. During the going concern 
period we have two facilities due for refinancing, 
one for £90 million with Lloyd’s due to expire in 
November 2022 and one with First Commercial 
Bank for £20 million due in March 2023. 
Subsequent to the year end, the Group signed an 
agreement to extend its Lloyd’s RCF out to 
November 2025. This means the Group is well 
funded and has no refinancing requirements until 
March 2023 where we intend to extend the  
£20 million facility.

The Group’s debt facilities include covenants 
in respect of LTV and interest cover, both projected 
and historic, and all debt facilities are ring fenced 
with each specific lender. The Group maintains 
regular dialogue with all of its lenders as part of the 
ordinary course of business; however, during the 
pandemic we have increased the frequency of this 
dialogue. As part of these discussions with our 
lenders we have had conversations specifically 
around the interest cover covenants to ensure we 
either temporarily restructure these or gain the 
relevant waivers from the banks to ensure that no 
issues arise. To date all of our banks have been 
supportive during this period and have expressed 
commitment to the long-term relationship they wish 
to build with Empiric. 

Management has evaluated a number of 

scenarios in its going concern model. The critical 
assumption is the revenue occupancy for the 
2022/23 academic year. Upside, central and 
downside stress cases have been constructed 
showing 2022/23 academic year occupancy of 
between 65% and 90%. 

The Group continues to maintain covenant 
compliance for its LTV thresholds throughout the 
going concern assessment period. Property values 
would have to fall by more than 18% from December 
2021 valuations before LTV covenants are 
breached. 

In Scenario 1, and 2 above, the Group 
continues to maintain covenant compliance for all 
its interest cover covenants. It maintains adequate 
levels of liquidity throughout. In addition, no 
assumption is made as to the level of additional 
cost-cutting measures or mitigating actions which 
could potentially be undertaken.

Scenario 

Scenario 1 – Upside Scenario

Scenario 2 – Central Scenario

Scenario 3 – Downside Stress Scenario

Revenue occupancy 
for 2021/22 academic 
year

Revenue occupancy 
for 2022/23 academic 
year

84%

84%

84%

90%

85%

65%

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

050

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

principal risks and uncertainties continued

External risks table

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

Risk and brief description

Potential impact

Mitigation in place

Trend

 – Loss of revenue
 – Erosion of asset values
 – High void costs
 – Potential breach in bank 

covenants

 – Oversupply of student 

accommodation

 – Pressure on student  

rental growth

 – Inflated asset and land prices

Revenue Risk
There is a risk that the student 
demand for our product will 
decrease, e.g. changes in 
student demographic and  
travel restrictions.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Competition Risk
The risk of an increased level of 
competition and supply in the 
student sector. This risk varies 
for each city we are in as the 
market polarises and some 
universities have had declining 
student numbers year on year.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Property Market Risk
The potential for a downturn  
in the property market.
—
Link to Strategy

 – Erosion of asset values
 – Potential breach in bank 

covenants

 – Lower Total Return for 

shareholders

1 2 3 4 5

 – Executive Committee and the Board closely 
monitor government policy, student numbers 
and other micro and macro-economic factors.
 – Monitoring all travel restrictions and ensuring 
marketing is targeted to key international 
markets.

 – We ensure our assets are well located, serving 

established leading universities.

 – Where possible, we ensure our buildings are fit 
for alternative use, such as private residential, 
subject to planning.

 – The number of UK students demographically 
are increasing year on year from 2021 which 
should benefit all cities.

 – Continuous review and analysis of which cities 
we want to target and those which we wish to 
diversify from depending on this risk.

 – We ensure our assets are well located, serving 

established leading universities.

 – High-quality management information is 

provided across the business.

 – All properties are managed in-house under the  
Hello Student® brand which provides a strong 
brand identity.

 – Our assets are in prime locations, diversifying 

the risk. CBRE classifies 92% of the portfolio as  
prime or better.

 – We maintain prudent levels of gearing, with an 
LTV limit of 40% and a long-term target of 35%.

 – The higher education sector is made up of a 
wide range of students from the UK, EU and 
non-EU countries, which helps to protect the 
student accommodation market.

Increase due to 
current uncertainty 
through COVID-19. 

Stable as PBSA 
market remains 
stable. 

Decrease due to the 
resilience shown 
through COVID-19. 

Regulatory Risk
Large levels of regulation 
being applied to the student 
accommodation market.  
Note we have moved the 
management of fire safety 
regulations to risk I4.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Funding Risk
The availability of debt or 
equity and ability to raise  
it on acceptable terms.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

 – Potential impact on our Total 

 – Hello Student® is ANUK accredited, and  

Return

 – Reputational damage and 

penalties

 – Higher compliance costs

Lynne Fennah sits on the Student 
Accommodation Committee of the British 
Property Federation.

 – Involvement with these bodies means that we 
are well informed of any potential upcoming 
regulatory change. It also provides a basis for 
industry lobbying if required.

 – Our operational teams try to build close working 

relationships with local authorities to keep 
abreast of any changes.

Stable as minimal 
change to the 
regulatory 
environment. 

 – Stifling of future growth 

 – Average maturity of debt of 4.9 years with  

potential

 – Forced sale of assets to 

repay debt

 – Reduction of profit

£45 million undrawn as at 31 December 2021.
 – We maintain prudent levels of gearing, with an 
LTV limit of 40% and a long-term target of 35%.
 – Experienced finance team with a strong track  

record in procuring both debt and equity.

Stable as minimal 
change to the  
funding environment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

051

StrAtEGic rEport

Strategic Links

1.  Customers

2.  Brand

3.  People and Operations

4.  Buildings

5.  Shareholder Outcomes

Strategic Links

  Increasing

 No change

  Decreasing

internal risks table

i1

i2

i3

i4

Risk and brief description

Potential impact

Mitigation in place

Trend

Health & Safety Risk
The occurrence of a major 
health and safety incident, 
including a fire or infectious 
outbreak.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Cyber Security Risk
The Group suffering from  
a cyber security breach,  
or the impact of a loss  
or mismanagement of  
personal customer data.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

 – Injury and impact on 

customers, contractors, staff 
and visitors

 – Compensation costs incurred
 – Reputational impact
 – Loss of life in a worst-case 

 – Health and safety metrics are reported monthly.
 – Policies, procedures and training for all staff.
 – Ultimate Board responsibility involving regular 

Board reporting from the Executive and 
recruitment of a Head of Health and Safety  
on track for Q1 2022.

scenario

 – Live compliance dashboard which is  

Stable due to  
minimal change  
in the health and 
safety environment.

monitored daily.

 – Regular review of fire safety regulations  

and checks to ensure our buildings remain 
compliant with standards, going above and 
beyond fire safety requirements.

 – Reputational damage
 – Deteriorated customer 

experience

 – Developed a business continuity plan to enable 

Group operations to continue in the event  
of a breach.

 – Higher costs and reduced 

 – Centralised our IT network across the Group  

profitability

and recruited an in-house IT team.

 – Financial impact due to 

 – Deployed an updated training programme  

potential fines under GDPR 
legislation

for all staff.

 – Implemented a data monitoring system to 
protect our platforms across the IT estate.

Increase due to 
current geopolitical 
uncertainty. 

People Risk
High turnover in front-line staff 
and the knock-on impact on 
customer service.
—
Link to Strategy

 – Higher costs due to wage 

inflation

 – Impact on customer service 
due to lack of familiar faces 

 – Loss of key business 

knowledge

1 2 3 4 5

 – High costs for compliance
 – Reputational impact
 – Potential challenges around 

insuring our buildings
 – Compensation claims 
 – Decreased liquidity of our 

buildings

Safe and Sustainable 
Buildings Risk
How our buildings will 
withstand increased legislation 
around fire safety as well as 
increased pressure from 
climate change and extreme 
weather conditions.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

 – We are a Living Wage Employer ensuring that 
we attract and retain talent where possible.
 – Use of internal communications to try and 

increase employee engagement.

 – Ongoing training and development programme 
designed to upskill staff regularly and progress 
forward with their career within the business.
 – Exit interviews are used to identify any areas  

for improvement within the business.  

 – In our June 2021 Interim Report we announced 
a £30 million capital expenditure plan to ensure 
that our buildings comply with future fire safety 
legislation. However, we are uncertain how 
much we will recover from developers so we 
have increased this estimate to £37 million. 
 – Regular review of fire safety regulations and 

checks to ensure our buildings, at a minimum, 
remain compliant with standards.

 – Continuous assessment of our buildings as well 
as undertaking £4 million of capital expenditure 
on green initiatives in the next five years. 

Stable as minimal 
change to the 
employment market. 

Increase due to 
greater focus on fire 
safety and potential 
upcoming legislation. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

052

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

principal risks and uncertainties continued

Emerging risks

The Audit and Risk Committee considers emerging risks. These are new or unforeseen risks that the 
Committee is conscious of; however, their potential impact is not fully known. The Committee reviews these 
biannually alongside the principal risks and uncertainties. The Audit and Risk Committee has detailed below 
the risks it believes are emerging and the potential impact it may have on our principal risks:

Emerging risk

Impact on principal risk probabilities

Mitigating factors

 – Increase – E1 – Revenue Risk
 – Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
 – Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 

 – Increase – E1 – Revenue Risk 
 – Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 

 – Involvement with the BPF Student 
Accommodation Committee which 
lobbies the government on issues 
impacting the sector.

 – The UK Government has expressed its 

support for international students and the 
positive impact that they have on our 
economy.

 – Studies have revealed that a significant 
majority of students want to return to a 
campus-based experience as soon as 
possible.

 – University experience is seen as more of 

a life experience rather than just an 
educational stepping stone.

 – Increase – E1 – Revenue Risk 
 – Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
 – Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 
 – Increase – I1 – Health and Safety Risk 
 – Increase – I4 – Safe and Sustainable Buildings Risk 

 – ESG has become a key focus for the 

Group. Our progress will be monitored by 
our ESG Committee; read more on pages 
34 to 35.

 – We have announced that we will be a net 

zero business by 2035. 

 – Increase – E1 – Revenue Risk 
 – Increase – E2 – Competition Risk 
 – Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
 – Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 

 – Reviewing our portfolio to ensure that we 
are aligned to cities with more than one 
university and which have strong financial 
backing.

Geopolitical Crisis
A geopolitical dispute between China or 
India and the UK could result in foreign 
governments placing embargoes on their 
students coming to study in the UK.
This includes the unfolding crisis in 
Ukraine.

Increasing Use of Online  
University Courses
The COVID-19 pandemic has 
forced universities and students to use 
online teaching methods. The fact that 
the pandemic has shown that this style of 
teaching can be effective to some degree 
could result in a long-term move towards 
online courses which would not require 
purpose-built student accommodation.

Climate Change 
Climate change has the potential to 
impact every business in the world. 
Climate change could impact planning 
legislation restricting supply of PBSA, 
cause flooding, increase government 
legislation across a wide range of areas 
and many other impacts. 

Our customer base of young students are 
very attuned to climate change, much 
more so than generations before them. 
The increased awareness around this 
issue is going to bring these issues and 
risks to the foreground.

University Funding
The level of funding, and how universities 
receive this, has changed significantly 
over the last 20 years. A number of 
universities are facing significant financial 
stress as a result of COVID-19 and there is 
a risk that a number of universities fall into 
administration. 

This would cause significant declines in 
student populations in the cities of the 
affected institution.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

053

StrAtEGic rEport

Emerging risk

Impact on principal risk probabilities

Mitigating factors

 – Increase – E1 – Revenue Risk 
 – Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
 – Increase – E4 – Regulatory Risk 
 – Increase – I4 – Safe and Sustainable Buildings Risk 

 – We act as a responsible owner of student 
accommodation which does the right 
thing. Further legislation within the market 
may have a positive impact for the Group 
as less scrupulous suppliers are forced 
out of the market.

 – Increase – E1 – Revenue Risk 
 – Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
 – Increase – E4 – Regulatory Risk
 – Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 
 – Increase – I1 – Health and Safety Risk 
 – Increase – I4 – Safe and Sustainable Buildings Risk 

 – Reviewing our marketing strategy and 

offering so that we appeal to UK nationals 
alongside international students.

 – The COVID-19 pandemic has shown that 
the robust and detailed protocols we 
have in place within our business can 
manage any impact.

Introduction of Regulation  
of the Student Accommodation 
Industry
The COVID-19 pandemic has drawn 
attention to the vast range of level of 
service within the student 
accommodation industry. Some providers, 
such as Empiric, provided a supportive 
approach to students, whereas other 
providers took a more hard-line approach 
which raised negative media attention.

The industry is one which varies from 
HMO owners operating a handful of beds 
up to providers who operate tens of 
thousands of beds.

This disparity and additional attention on 
the industry results in a risk that 
regulation may be applied to the industry.

Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic is constantly 
evolving and there is a continued 
potential threat that new strains of the 
virus become more damaging. 

This could impact many areas, such as 
travel, both international and domestic, or 
future lockdowns. 

There is also the potential risk of future 
pandemics from viruses which are as yet 
unknown.

Approval of the Strategic report
The Strategic Report for the year ended 31 December 2021 has been approved by the Board and was signed off on its behalf by:

Throgmorton UK Limited
Company Secretary | 2 March 2022

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

054

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Board of directors

mArK pAin

duncAn GArrood

lynnE FEnnAH

AlicE AViS mBE

StuArt BEEVor

mArtin rAtcHFord

Non-Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial and  
Sustainability Officer

Senior Independent  

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Appointed

1 September 2018

28 September 2020

26 June 2017

1 March 2019

1 January 2016 - Not standing for 

1 October 2021

Independent

Yes

N   E   R

Committee  
Memberships

Relevant Skills  
and Experience

No

E

No

E

 – Chartered accountant
 – Strong financial, customer and 

shareholder focus

 – Strong operational, sales and 

marketing skills

 – Extensive experience of executive 

 – Extensive experience of executive 
and non-executive roles in the real 
estate, financial services and 
consumer/leisure sectors

roles in the consumer/leisure 
sectors

 – Significant expertise in the 

consumer and leisure sectors

 – Chartered accountant
 – Over 35 years’ experience in real 
estate and hospitality sectors, 
covering finance, operations, tax, 
regulatory compliance, HR and IT

Yes

Yes

Yes

re-election at the AGM

R   N    E    A  

R   A   N    E  

A   R   N    E  

 – Marketing, e-commerce, strategy 

 – Chartered surveyor

 – Chartered accountant

and operational experience across 

 – Over 35 years’ real estate 

the consumer goods and retail 

experience

sectors 

 – Strong leadership experience,  

 – Expertise ranges across both large 

as executive and non-executive 

FTSE 100 organisations as well as 

director of a number of public and 

smaller, entrepreneurial businesses 

private entities

in the UK and internationally and in 

both executive and non-executive 

roles

 – Over two decades of strong 

leadership experience in UK and 

International real estate, listed and 

funds space, including student 

accommodation

 –  In-depth experience of raising 

debt and equity, managing large 

teams, complex real estate 

transactions, systems & control 

environments

Principal External 
Appointments

 – Non-executive director – AXA 

 – None

Insurance UK

 – Chairman – London Square
 – Non-executive director – Close 

Brothers Group plc

 – Vice Chair – the Student 

Accommodation Committee of the 
British Property Federation
 – Non-executive Chairman –  

Home REIT plc

 – Non-executive director of BGF  

 – Non-executive director –  

(the Business Growth Fund)

 – Non-executive director of  

ICG Longbow Senior Secured UK 

Property Debt Investments Limited

 – Chief finance officer at Frasers 

Property UK Limited, part of 

Frasers Property, a global real 

The Edrington Group Limited 

 – Chairman – Investment Advisory 

estate group

 – Non-executive director of Cyden 

Board, Diversified Property Fund  

Ltd

for Charities

 – Member – investment committees  

of two DTZ Investors Pension Fund 

clients

 – Legal & General Group UK Senior 

Pension Scheme trustee director

Significant Previous 
External Experience

 – Group finance director –  

Abbey National plc

 – Group finance director –  
Barratt Developments plc

 – Non-executive director – Ladbroke 
Coral Group plc, Aviva Insurance 
Limited, Spirit Pub Group plc, 
Johnston Press plc, Northern Rock, 
LSL Property Services and Punch 
Taverns plc 

 – Vice chairman and senior 
independent director – 
Yorkshire Building Society

 – CEO Ten Entertainment Group Plc
 – CEO Bills Restaurants
 – CEO Punch Taverns plc
 – President M.H. Alshaya
 – Commercial Director BAA plc

 – CFO – Palmer Capital Partners
 – European CFO – TOGA Group
 – Various senior roles, including 

group financial and IT director of 
The Goodwood Estate Company 
Limited

 – Executive chairman of Lumene Oy 

 – Managing director –  

 –  Finance director of Real Estate and 

 – CEO of The Sanctuary Spa Group

Grosvenor Fund Management

Funds – Thomas Cook plc

 – Director of marketing and 

 – Managing director – 

 –  Head of Europe – Finance – British 

e-commerce at Marks and Spencer 

Legal & General Property Limited

Land plc

Group Plc

 – Non-executive director and 

 –  Finance director – The Unite Group 

 – Global brand director for Johnnie 

chairman of remuneration 

plc

Walker at Diageo PLC

committee The Unite Group plc

Committees  N  Nomination  A  Audit and Risk  R  Remuneration  E  ESG   Chair

  
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

055

GoVErnAncE rEport

mArK pAin

duncAn GArrood

lynnE FEnnAH

AlicE AViS mBE

StuArt BEEVor

mArtin rAtcHFord

Non-Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial and  

Sustainability Officer

Appointed

1 September 2018

28 September 2020

26 June 2017

Independent

Yes

N   E   R

Committee  

Memberships

Relevant Skills  

and Experience

No

E

No

E

 – Chartered accountant

 – Strong operational, sales and 

 – Chartered accountant

 – Strong financial, customer and 

marketing skills

 – Over 35 years’ experience in real 

shareholder focus

 – Extensive experience of executive 

estate and hospitality sectors, 

 – Extensive experience of executive 

roles in the consumer/leisure 

and non-executive roles in the real 

sectors

estate, financial services and 

consumer/leisure sectors

 – Significant expertise in the 

consumer and leisure sectors

covering finance, operations, tax, 

regulatory compliance, HR and IT

Principal External 

Appointments

 – Non-executive director – AXA 

 – None

Insurance UK

 – Chairman – London Square

 – Non-executive director – Close 

Brothers Group plc

 – Vice Chair – the Student 

Accommodation Committee of the 

British Property Federation

 – Non-executive Chairman –  

Home REIT plc

Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

1 March 2019

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

1 January 2016 - Not standing for 
re-election at the AGM

1 October 2021

Yes

Yes

Yes

R   N    E    A  

R   A   N    E  

A   R   N    E  

 – Marketing, e-commerce, strategy 

and operational experience across 
the consumer goods and retail 
sectors 

 – Expertise ranges across both large 
FTSE 100 organisations as well as 
smaller, entrepreneurial businesses 
in the UK and internationally and in 
both executive and non-executive 
roles

 – Chartered surveyor
 – Over 35 years’ real estate 

experience

 – Strong leadership experience,  
as executive and non-executive 
director of a number of public and 
private entities

 – Non-executive director of BGF  
(the Business Growth Fund)
 – Non-executive director of  

The Edrington Group Limited 
 – Non-executive director of Cyden 

Ltd

 – Non-executive director –  

ICG Longbow Senior Secured UK 
Property Debt Investments Limited

 – Chairman – Investment Advisory 
Board, Diversified Property Fund  
for Charities

 – Member – investment committees  
of two DTZ Investors Pension Fund 
clients

 – Legal & General Group UK Senior 
Pension Scheme trustee director

 – Chartered accountant

 – Over two decades of strong 

leadership experience in UK and 
International real estate, listed and 
funds space, including student 
accommodation

 –  In-depth experience of raising 

debt and equity, managing large 
teams, complex real estate 
transactions, systems & control 
environments

 – Chief finance officer at Frasers 
Property UK Limited, part of 
Frasers Property, a global real 
estate group

Significant Previous 

External Experience

 – Group finance director –  

Abbey National plc

 – Group finance director –  

Barratt Developments plc

 – CEO Ten Entertainment Group Plc

 – CEO Bills Restaurants

 – CEO Punch Taverns plc

 – President M.H. Alshaya

 – Non-executive director – Ladbroke 

 – Commercial Director BAA plc

 – CFO – Palmer Capital Partners

 – European CFO – TOGA Group

 – Various senior roles, including 

group financial and IT director of 

The Goodwood Estate Company 

Limited

 – Executive chairman of Lumene Oy 
 – CEO of The Sanctuary Spa Group
 – Director of marketing and 

e-commerce at Marks and Spencer 
Group Plc

 – Global brand director for Johnnie 

Walker at Diageo PLC

 – Managing director –  

 –  Finance director of Real Estate and 

Grosvenor Fund Management

Funds – Thomas Cook plc

 – Managing director – 

 –  Head of Europe – Finance – British 

Legal & General Property Limited

Land plc

 – Non-executive director and 
chairman of remuneration 
committee The Unite Group plc

 –  Finance director – The Unite Group 

plc

Coral Group plc, Aviva Insurance 

Limited, Spirit Pub Group plc, 

Johnston Press plc, Northern Rock, 

LSL Property Services and Punch 

Taverns plc 

 – Vice chairman and senior 

independent director – 

Yorkshire Building Society

  
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

056

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

chairman’s introduction to corporate Governance  
and corporate Governance Statement

MARK PAIN
Non-Executive Chairman

We have a clear 
framework in place  
for the way in which  
the Board operates to 
ensure we are working 
for the benefit of all  
our stakeholders.

our Approach to corporate Governance 

As Chairman I am responsible for leading the 

Board and ensuring that it maintains the highest 
standards of corporate governance whilst 
promoting long-term sustainable success. We have 
a clear framework in place for the way in which the 
Board operates to ensure we are working for the 
benefit of all our stakeholders, in a legal, ethical and 
transparent manner. 

Our approach to corporate governance is 

based upon the principles and provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) 
published by the Financial Reporting Council 
(“FRC”). 

In previous years, the Company did not 
comply with Provision 24 of the Code as I had been 
made a member of the Audit and Risk Committee 
on joining the Board due to my significant level of 
experience as a chartered accountant. 

However, on 29 July 2021, I stepped down 
from the Audit and Risk Committee with Alice Avis 
joining the Committee. From this point the Company 
fully complied with all provisions of the Code and 
expects to continue to do so.

The following Corporate Governance Report 

sets out how the Company has applied the Code 
during the 2021 financial year. 

Board leadership and company purpose 
The Board 

During the year, we revisited our values to 

ensure they were fit for purpose. Through 
speaking with our colleagues and understanding 
what meant the most to them we were able to 
derive an updated set of values. We launched 
these values from 1 July 2021 (see page 26 for 
details).

The Board will continue to regularly assess 

how the purpose and values have been 
embedded into the Company culture through 
enquiries of the Senior Leadership Team, review 
of business performance and engagement with 
our people. 

Strategy meetings

In October, the Board held a full-day 
strategy session. The strategy meeting was 
structured to provide the Executive Directors and 
the Non-Executive Directors, in particular, with an 
opportunity to focus on the development and 
execution of, and provide challenge to, the 
Company’s corporate strategy. 

The Executive Directors, members of the 

Management Committee and other external 
specialists delivered a number of presentations, 
providing in-depth analysis on a number of areas. 
The meetings were carefully structured to achieve 
a balance between presentations, debate and 
discussion.

The Board’s role is to promote the long-term 

Engagement with Our Key Stakeholders 

The new Code expects that the Board 
understands the views of the Company’s key 
stakeholders and takes account of their interests 
in discussions and decision-making. In order to be 
a sustainable business, the Company is committed 
to being financially secure so our shareholders 
can rely on us for the long term. The Board’s 
approach to corporate governance is also 
determined by, and takes account of, the interests 
of other key stakeholders, including customers, 
colleagues, and the communities in which we 
operate, as well as wider society. 

As per Provision 5 of the Code, the Board 
has chosen to engage with our people through a 
formal workforce advisory panel – the Colleague 
Forum. Further details of the Board’s engagement 
with the Colleague Forum can be found within the 
s.172 statement on page 46. 

success of the Company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to its key wider 
stakeholder groups. The Board leads and provides 
direction for the Executive Directors, by setting our 
Company objectives and overseeing the 
implementation of key operational policies 
throughout the business. The Executive Directors 
are responsible for managing our daily business 
activities and operations. 

The Board delegates appropriate matters  

to its Committees and reviews their terms of 
reference at least every other year. The last review 
of the terms of reference took place in December 
2021. Copies of these are available from the 
Company Secretary or the Company’s website 
www.empiric.co.uk

company purpose and culture 

The Board believes that having a clear purpose 

and a values-based culture is the key to creating a 
business with strong governance. Last year we 
defined the Company’s purpose as set out on the 
inside front cover, ensuring it aligned with the 
Company’s strategic objectives (see page 12) and the 
interests of the Company’s key stakeholder groups. 

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

057

GoVErnAncE rEport

Managing Conflicts 

The Board has a commitment to consider the 

interests of all key stakeholders to the business, 
ensuring it manages any conflicts effectively. 

The key focus for the Board over the past 

few years has been on the interests of our 
shareholders. The Board, and senior management, 
have implemented various changes that have 
transformed the business to not only restore 
shareholder returns, but also place the business in 
a position where it is now able to grow sustainably 
and achieve our purpose. 

Since 2020, we have put greater focus within 

the business on our ESG agenda, forming an ESG 
Committee. The Board believes that the successful 
delivery of an ESG strategy is beneficial for the 
interests of all our key stakeholders while also 
placing us in a strong position for the future.

The Board is mindful that as the business 

develops and grows, the interests of the key 
stakeholder groups will change, and the Board will 
continue to monitor these interests. 

There is continued significant interest shown 
in the need for effective corporate governance and 
there are a number of developments in legislation, 
regulation and guidance expected to be 
implemented in the coming years. One example of 
this is the new TCFD disclosures shown on page 
44.

We are committed to ensuring we have the 

highest standards of corporate governance and 
during 2022 will continue to monitor all future 
developments, implementing changes to enhance 
our existing good practice if required. 

division of responsibilities 

At the year end, the Board consisted of two 

Executive Directors and four Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman. Changes to the 
Board membership during the year are discussed in 
the Chairman’s Statement on page 2 of the 
Strategic Report. Biographical information on each 
of the Directors is set out on pages 54 and 55. 

Governance 
Structure

The Board

Nomination  
Committee
—
Read more on page 63

Audit and Risk 
Committee
—
Read more on page 64

Remuneration  
Committee
—
Read more on page 66

ESG  
Committee
—
Read more on page 34

Senior Leadership Team

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

058

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

corporate Governance continued

Board roles

There is a clear division of responsibilities 

between the Chairman and Chief Executive. Their 
roles have been set out in writing and agreed by 
the Board. The primary responsibilities of the 
Directors are as follows:

Board Member

Primary Responsibilities

Chairman – mark pain

CEO – duncan Garrood

CFO and CSO – lynne Fennah

 – Leading the Board and ensuring its effectiveness; 
 – Reviewing the Company’s general progress and long-term development; and 
 – Ensuring the Company is meeting its responsibilities to all stakeholders.

 – Leading and developing the Company’s profitable operation and development;
 – Overseeing all activities of the business and leading the sales, marketing and 

operations functions;

 – Ensuring the objectives are in line with operational activities; and
 – Creating shareholder value over the long term.

 – Overseeing sustainability across the business;
 – Leading the finance and IT functions;
 – Producing timely and accurate financial information and analysis;
 – Raising and managing debt; 
 – Ensuring tax and regulatory compliance; and
 – Maintaining financial control. 

Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director – Alice Avis

 – Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman and intermediary for the other 

Directors; 

 – Leading the evaluation of the Chair on behalf of the other Directors; and
 – Being available to shareholders to raise their concerns if they cannot be resolved 

through other channels. 

Non-Executive Directors –  
martin ratchford, Stuart Beevor

 – Providing constructive challenge;
 – Overseeing the Senior Leadership Team’s progress on implementing strategy 

and meeting objectives; and

 – Monitoring the reporting of performance.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

059

GoVErnAncE rEport

director independence

The Board reviews the independence of the 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors on an 
annual basis. For the financial year ending               
31 December 2021, all of the Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman, are considered to 
be independent for the purposes of the Code.

Advice for directors

The Directors have access to independent 
advice at the Company’s expense, if they judge it 
necessary to discharge their responsibilities. All 
Directors have access to the advice and services of 
Throgmorton, which acts as our Company 
Secretary.

Board and committee meetings

The Board holds regular formal, scheduled 

meetings and additional meetings as required. The 
agenda for each meeting is typically set by the 
Chairman, with assistance from the Executive 
Directors. The agenda, along with the Board 
papers, are sent well in advance allowing sufficient 
time to the Directors which enable effective 
decision making in the meetings. Any decisions and 
actions arising from the meetings are implemented 
by the Executive Directors and monitored by the 
Company Secretary. 

During the year, there were seven regular 

Board meetings and two ad hoc meetings. The 
table below shows the Directors’ attendance at 
Board meetings in 2021. The figures in brackets 
show the number of meetings each Director was 
eligible to attend: 

Board and committee meetings

Key Focus for 2022 
 –
 –

Board succession planning 
Delivering our key priorities as set out on 
page 19
Continuing investment in our employees
Optimising business performance as we exit 
COVID-19 
Developing and growing in stakeholder 
engagement and environmental 
sustainability

 –
 –

 –

Board Activities during the year

Strategic Topic

Areas of Focus

customer  
Focus

 – Ensuring the continued safety of our customers.
 – 2021 Global Student Living Index result.

people

 – Achieving “One to Watch” in the Best Companies survey.
 – 2021 colleague engagement survey.

capital  
Efficiency

ESG

 – Refinancing and capital allocation to ensure liquidity and 

covenant headroom. 
 – Investor engagement.

 – Undertaking a materiality review of our key ESG pillars.
 – Starting to develop our ESG strategy and road map.

Board Regular

Ad Hoc

The formal agenda for regular Board 

Board Agenda and Board papers 

Mark Pain

Duncan Garrood   

Lynne Fennah

Jim Prower resigned
30 September 2021

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis 

7 (7)

7 (7)

7 (7)

5 (5)

7 (7)

7 (7)

2 (2)

2 (2)

2 (2)

2 (2)

2 (2)

2 (2)

Martin Ratchford appointed 
1 October 2021

   2 (2)  

0 (0)

Prior to each regular Board meeting, and 

subject to requirements, the Non-Executive 
Directors hold their own meeting to discuss matters 
they want to raise with the Executive Directors and 
any other relevant issues. The Non-Executive 
Directors also meet once without the Chairman to 
appraise his performance. This process is led by 
Alice Avis as the Senior Independent Director and 
considers the views of the Executive Directors.

 –

 –
 –

 –

 –

 –
 –

 –

meetings includes: 
 –
 –

health and safety; 
a review of the performance of our property 
portfolio; 
an assessment of our progress with new 
investment opportunities (the detailed 
proposals are prepared by the Executive 
Directors and reviewed and approved by 
the Board, as appropriate); 
a review of our strategy; 
a review of our financial performance, 
forecasts and debt; 
an update on the student accommodation 
sector; 
an update on investor relations and 
shareholder analysis; 
a report on shareholder feedback;
updates on regulatory, compliance or 
governance matters advised by the 
Company Secretary or other advisers; and 
a report on public relations and press 
commentary. 

These agenda items are also included within 

a comprehensive set of Board papers ahead of 
each Board meeting. 

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

060

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

corporate Governance continued

composition, Succession and Evaluation 
Board Composition 

The Board has a combination of property, 
operational, financial and marketing skills and a 
variety of knowledge and experience for it to 
scrutinise business performance and propose 
changes accordingly. 

Each Board member’s length of service is 

reviewed on an annual basis and membership 
refreshed in line with the Code. 

Appointment of Directors 

The Executive Directors have contracts with 

the Company which include, for the CEO, a 
six-month notice period and for the CFO/CSO a 
12-month notice period; both contracts include 
restrictive covenants. The Non-Executive Directors 
have letters of appointment, which can be 
terminated in accordance with our Articles of 
Association and do not specify a notice period. The 
terms and conditions of appointment for the 
Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection 
at our registered office and at each Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”). 

Directors who are appointed to the Board are 

required to be elected by shareholders at the next 
AGM. Martin Ratchford, our new Audit and Risk 
Chair, is proposed for election to the Board at the 
AGM on 23 May 2022. 

All appointments to the Board are subject to 
a formal, rigorous and transparent process. Further 
details can be found on page 63. 

Board Induction and Training

Martin Ratchford received a thorough formal 

induction on his appointment. This included 
meeting members of the Board and Senior 
Leadership Team, and meetings with key advisers. 
The Chairman reviews and discusses each 

Director’s individual training and development 
needs. The Board as a whole also receives 
briefings and training on relevant topics. Empiric 
also benefits from the Non-Executive Directors’ 
membership of other boards. This gives them 
experience and training they can apply directly to 
our business. In addition, the Board receives regular 
publications on key topics from our advisers and 
other professional services firms. 

The Chairman and the two Executive 

Directors attended the Leading Safely training 
course ran by the Institute of Safety and Health.

time commitment of non-Executive directors 
and External Appointments 

Non-Executive Directors are required to 
devote sufficient time to fulfil their responsibilities to 
the Group, to prepare for meetings, and to regularly 
refresh and update their skills and knowledge. Each 
Director’s other significant commitments are 
disclosed to the Board at the time of their 
appointment and they are required to notify the 
Board of any subsequent changes. Each Director is 
also required to seek permission from the Chairman 
of the Company prior to accepting any other 
directorships of publicly quoted companies. 

The Chairman has reviewed the availability of 

the Non-Executive Directors and considers that 
each of them is able to, and in practice does, 
devote the necessary amount of time to the Group’s 
business.

The Senior Independent Director has 

reviewed the availability of the Chairman and 
considers that he is able to, and in practice does, 
devote the necessary amount of time to the Group’s 
business.

The Board effectiveness 
review delivered a  
set of largely positive  
results with evidence  
of incremental  
improvements over  
the past year.

Board Succession and Elections

Board succession is reviewed at every 
Nominations Committee meeting. See page 63 for 
detail.

In line with leading practice, Directors will 
submit themselves annually for re-election at the 
AGM. Mark Pain, Duncan Garrood, Lynne Fennah 
and Alice Avis will therefore stand for re-election at 
the AGM on 23 May 2022. Martin Ratchford will be 
submitted for election at the AGM as he was 
appointed during the year. Stuart Beevor will not be 
seeking re-election at the AGM.          The formal 
performance evaluation carried out in December 
2021 confirmed that the performance of each of the 
Directors continues to be effective and that they 
demonstrate commitment to their roles.

Board performance and Evaluation 

In November 2021, the Chairman led an 
internal evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board 
and its Committees. 

The key topics covered in the evaluation 

Board discussions, including risk 

succession planning for the Board and the 

roles and responsibilities of the Board as a 

Board composition, including the mix of skills, 

included: 
 –
experience, knowledge and diversity; 
 –
Senior Leadership Team; 
 –
whole, and each of the Committees; 
 –
management and stakeholder engagement, and a 
review of the decisions arising from these 
discussions; 
 –
information by the Board; 
induction for new Board members, and 
 –
training and support available to all Board members; 
 –
Independent Director); and
 –

Chairman’s performance (led by the Senior 

conduct of Board meetings and access to 

Committee effectiveness. 

The results of the evaluation were reviewed 

by the Chairman and reported to the Board in the 
January 2022 meeting.

The Board effectiveness review concluded 

that the Board and Committees continued to 
operate effectively throughout 2021.  Nevertheless, 
a number of suggested enhancements are 
proposed for 2022, which include:

For the Board: 
Ensuring that the organisation’s vision, values 

Developing the strategic plan further to 

 –
and culture are embedded in all levels of the 
organisation.
 –
optimise shareholder returns.
 –
Student operating platform is driving improvements 
in digital customer service.
 –
Strategy with further development of ESG KPIs to 
enable the Board to assess progress. 

Ensuring that the optimisation of the Hello 

Continued focus on delivering the ESG 

For the Audit and Risk Committee: 
 –
Ensuring that the Committee has appropriate 
understanding, review and oversight of operational 
process controls across the business.  

These topics will be progressed at the Board 

and Audit and Risk Committee in 2022. 

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

061

GoVErnAncE rEport

Board diversity

Independence

Exec

Non-Exec

Tenure

0-3 years

3+ years

Gender

Female

Male

2

2

3

3

4

4

Update on Actions Arising from the 2020  
Board Evaluation 

In December 2020, the Chairman conducted an 

internal evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board 
and its Committees. The table below outlines the 
improvement areas identified in this evaluation, and 
the progress made on these during 2021. 

Key Findings

Actions Taken

the Board needs to develop 
a more comprehensive 
succession plan for the 
Executive directors and 
Senior leadership team, 
including an assessment of 
organisational talent.

 – Non-Executive Director succession plan reviewed and agreed at the 

Nominations Committee.

 – A detailed and comprehensive Executive Director succession plan was 

reviewed at the Board in May 2021.

there is a requirement to 
refresh, lead and drive the 
organisation’s vision, values 
and culture, ensuring 
consistent leadership and 
behaviours through all 
levels of the organisation.

 – Through internal consultation with all our colleagues we revisited our values 
and introduced a new set of Group values from 1 July 2021. See page 26 for 
details.

 – Widened the Senior Leadership team to include a number of senior 

colleagues. These are the key people managers and leaders in our business, 
and were tasked with driving the organisation’s vision and values across the 
Group.

 – Held a full-day strategy session in October 2021, which started to develop a 

new strategy. This will continue to be worked on through 2022.

 – During the year, the Audit and Risk Committee reviewed the internal controls 
of the Group through a paper tabled at the Committee. The Committee did 
not find any control deficiencies.

 – We have continued to develop our risk framework with the inclusion of 

disclosure around relevant emerging risks in the year.

With a new cEo in place, 
the Board needs to ensure 
that there is a clear strategy, 
aligned with the values and 
culture of the organisation.

the Audit and risk 
committee needs to ensure 
that the committee has an 
appropriate understanding, 
review, and approval of 
internal control work activity 
and that there is an 
embedded and fully 
functioning risk framework 
with appropriate risk 
appetites and limits.

 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

062

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

corporate Governance continued

Audit, risk and internal control 

compliance Statements

The Board is responsible for maintaining the 

The Directors confirm that to the best of our 

The Group is well placed to manage its 

Taking into account the Group’s current 

The Strategic Report, which the Board has 

knowledge:
 –
financing and other business risks. The Board is 
therefore of the opinion that it is appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts (see 
page 49 for more information).
 –
approved, includes a review of the performance of 
the Group taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and the 
uncertainties it faces.
 –
position and the impact of the principal risks 
documented in the Strategic Report, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the Company 
will remain viable and continue to operate and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due, over the period to 31 
December 2026. Further details are set out in the 
Viability Statement on page 49, and in the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties section on pages 48 to 53.
 –
The Company has a continuing process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing the risks it 
faces. Further details are set out on page 48.
 –
assessment of the principal risks facing the 
Company, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or 
liquidity. The principal risks, and the procedures for 
managing or mitigating them, are set out on pages 
48 to 53.
 –
whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy. See page 79 for more 
information.

The Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a 

The Directors have carried out a robust 

mArK pAin
Non-Executive Chairman | 2 March 2022

Company’s systems of internal controls and risk 
management, in order to safeguard the Company’s 
assets. These processes are designed to identify, 
manage and mitigate both the key principal risks 
and emerging risks inherent to the business. The 
system is also designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. Please refer to pages 48 to 53 for more 
information on our principal risks and uncertainties.
The Board regularly monitors the Company’s 

risk management and internal control systems 
which have been in place for the year under review 
and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report 
and Accounts, including receiving reports from the 
external auditor. The Board also conducts a formal 
risk assessment (for both principal and emerging 
risks) on a bi-annual basis. 

Our non-financial internal controls include the 

systems of operational and compliance controls 
maintained by our finance team. We also have our 
Company Secretary which has its own systems of 
internal controls in relation to these matters, details 
of which the Board reviewed. 

The Board is reviewing the need for an 
internal audit function, with a view that some form of 
internal audit function will be in place by the end of 
2022. Please refer to page 54 of the Audit and Risk 
Committee Report for more information. 

Going concern

The financial position of the Company and 

Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and 
borrowing facilities are described in the CFO and 
CSO Statement on pages 30 to 33. Detailed 
forecasts have been prepared and the Directors 
have considered the future cash requirements of 
the Group and concluded that they have sufficient 
capacity to meet all their commitments. A full 
summary of equity and debt financing are detailed 
on page 33.

As such, the Directors believe that the 

Company and Group are well placed to manage 
their financing and other business risks. The Board 
is, therefore, of the opinion that the going concern 
basis of accounting adopted in the preparation of 
the Annual Report is appropriate for at least 12 
months from the date of approval of the Annual 
Report.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

063

GoVErnAncE rEport

nomination committee report

meetings and Activities

independence and re-election 

The Nomination Committee met four times 

All Directors are subject to annual 

during the year. The main issues the Committee 
discussed were:
 –
 –

The retirement of the Operations Director.
The creation of a new senior Executive role, 
Marketing Director. 
Changes to the Senior Leadership Team.
Succession planning for the Board.

 –
 –

Appointment of an operations director and  
a new marketing director

The Nominations Committee oversaw the 

appointment of two members of the senior 
Executive leadership team. Both appointments 
followed a similar process. A detailed role 
specification was put together and reviewed by 
members of the Nominations Committee. Redgrave 
Partners, a leading external search firm with 
extensive experience of the Group, were appointed 
to lead the search process. Redgrave has no 
connection with the Group, other than providing this 
type of service. Having conducted a market-wide 
search across a range of industry sectors, long lists 
were generated, and reviewed by the CEO and 
CFO/CSO. A short list of candidates was then taken 
through for formal assessment which included 
interviews with a number of Board members. 
Selected candidates were then taken through for 
psychometric testing and independent referencing. 
The Board unanimously agreed to the appointments 
of Wes Brown who was appointed Operations 
Director, replacing Nan Richards, following her 
planned retirement at the end of 2021, and Gemma 
Le Marquer with effect from June 2021 to the newly 
created position of Marketing Director, with a focus 
on driving occupancy and revenue. 

Succession planning 

The Committee is responsible for reviewing 

the succession plans for the Board. The succession 
plans for the Executive Directors are prepared on a 
short and long-term basis, whilst the Non-Executive 
Directors’ succession planning mirrors the breadth 
of skills and experience the current Board holds. 
During the year, Jim Prower informed the 

Board of his intention to stand down as the Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of the Audit and 
Risk Committee. Redgrave Partners were appointed 
to lead the search process in finding his 
replacement. Having conducted a market-wide 
search across a range of industry sectors, a long list 
was generated, and reviewed by the Board. The 
focus of the agency was to get the most suitable 
candidate and candidates from diverse 
backgrounds. A short list of candidates were then 
taken through a formal assessment process which 
included interviews with Board members.

On 1 October 2021, Martin Ratchford was 

appointed as a Director of the Company and 
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee. Alice 
Avis was appointed Senior Independent Director.
The Committee will continue to review the 

succession plan throughout 2022. 

MARK PAIN
Nomination Committee Chairman

During the year, the 
Committee oversaw  
the appointment of  
an Operations Director 
and a new Marketing 
Director. It also led the 
appointment of a new 
Non-Executive Director.

committee membership  
and meetings 

Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis 

Martin Ratchford

Meetings

4 (4)

3 (3)

4 (4)

4 (4)

1 (1)

re-election at the AGM, and the Board will 
recommend reappointment as part of the AGM 
notice. Prior to recommending the reappointment 
of any Director to the Board, the Committee 
assesses their continued independence, the time 
commitment required and whether the 
reappointment would be in the best interests of 
the Group. 

Biographies for each Director can be found 

on pages 54 to 55. 

Board diversity 

Whilst much of the focus of analysis and 
guidance in relation to diversity and ethnicity is 
centred on companies which sit within the FTSE 
350, of which Empiric is not a part, the Committee, 
Board and Group recognise the benefits of 
diversity in its broadest sense, including gender, 
ethnicity, age and educational and professional 
background. 

In terms of gender diversity, 33% of the 

Board are women, in line with the voluntary target 
set by the Hampton-Alexander Review, with two of 
the senior Board positions, CFO/CSO and Senior 
Independent Director, held by women. Below the 
Board, the senior Executive leadership team also 
consists of 33% women. More information about 
gender diversity in the Group as a whole can be 
found on page 39.

The Parker Review (2017) made 

recommendations to increase the ethnic diversity 
of UK boards within the FTSE-350. In terms of 
ethnic diversity, the Company is diverse with 11% of 
the Group’s employees identifying as being from 
an ethnic minority. The Company has also 
invested in additional support and career 
pathways to increase diversity in the workforce. 
During the process to replace Jim Prower as a 
Non-Executive Director, the Board considered a 
long list of candidates which were appropriately 
gender and ethnicity balanced. More information 
about ethnicity in the Group as a whole can be 
found on page 39.

We will continue to target diversity at Board, 

Senior Leadership team, and throughout the 
Company and will comply with all emerging best 
practice in this area. We intend to maintain an 
appropriately diverse Board and Senior 
Leadership team and will actively seek to continue 
to increase diversity. Where vacancies arise, we 
only accept diverse candidate lists; diversity is, 
and will remain, core to our decision making whilst 
at all times looking to appoint the best candidate 
for the role. 

mArK pAin 
Nomination Committee Chairman | 2 March 2022 

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

064

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Audit and risk committee report

We considered BDO’s compensation, 
performance and independence during the year. 
The Committee met with key members of the audit 
team, including the lead audit engagement partner, 
and BDO has formally confirmed its independence, 
as part of the annual reporting process. The 
Committee regularly liaises with the lead audit 
partner to discuss any issues arising from the audit, 
as well as its cost-effectiveness.

The Committee recognises the importance of 

auditor objectivity and has developed the 
Company’s policy on engaging the external auditor 
to supply non-audit services, by considering the 
Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard 
Number Five (revised 2019). This relates to 
non-audit services provided to audited entities and 
sets out the six principal threats to objectivity and 
independence. Our aim is to ensure that providing 
such services does not impair the auditor’s 
independence and objectivity.

We keep the policy and its application under 

constant review, particularly at the time of new 
engagements, to make sure that audit 
independence and objectivity is not impaired. 
During the year, BDO did not provide any non-audit 
services to the Group outside of the Interim Report.
KPMG LLP continues to support us as a 
provider of tax compliance and advisory services to 
the Group.

internal Audit

The Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed 

and concluded that the Group will develop an 
internal audit function in 2022. This follows the 
completion of the internalisation of the operational 
platform in 2021.  

The Committee looks forward to outlining in 

more detail in the 2022 Annual Report the progress 
made on the establishment of the internal audit 
function.  

During 2021, the Committee has continued to 

review the effectiveness of the internal control 
environment through receiving and challenging 
reports prepared by the Group Financial Controller 
and CFO/CSO on the internal controls in place 
within the Group. No significant weaknesses were 
identified through the course of the Committee’s 
reviews which gave the Committee comfort over 
the robustness and effectiveness of the controls in 
place.

Having been appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director and Chair of the Committee on  
1 October 2021, I am pleased to present the Audit 
and Risk Committee report for the year ended 
31 December 2021. I would like to thank Jim 
Prower for his successful stewardship during the 
previous seven years, which included a period of 
challenge, including the unique issues posed by 
COVID-19.

Review the integrity of the full and half-year 

Review the work of the external auditor and 

role and responsibilities of the  
Audit and risk committee
 –
valuers and the significant financial judgements 
made by management.
 –
Monitor the integrity of the Company’s 
financial statements and any formal announcements 
relating to financial performance, and consider 
significant financial reporting issues, judgements 
and estimates.
 –
financial statements, including consideration of 
material estimates and areas of judgement 
exercised in their preparation.
Advise the Board on various statements 
 –
made in the Annual Report, including those on 
viability, going concern, risk and controls and 
whether, when read as a whole, the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess performance, the business model and 
strategy.
 –
auditor, assessing effectiveness and making 
recommendations to the Board on the appointment 
of, and the policy for non-audit services provided 
by, the external auditor.
 –
ensure that risks are carefully identified and 
assessed, and that systems of risk management 
and internal control are in place and effective.
 –
Consider the need for an internal audit 
function.
 –

Review the risk management framework and 

Oversight and remuneration of the external 

Review the whistleblowing arrangements. 

MARTIN RATCHFORD
Audit and Risk Committee 
Chairman 

The Audit and Risk 
Committee continued its 
focus on monitoring the 
quality and integrity of 
financial management 
and reporting, including 
the valuation process.

The Audit and Risk Committee’s terms of reference 
are on Empiric’s website at: www.empiric.co.uk/
investor-information/company-documents

meetings and Activities

The Audit and Risk Committee met four times 

during the year, coinciding with key events in the 
annual financial reporting cycle. I become Chair of 
the Committee on 1 October 2021. Members’ 
attendance at Committee meetings is set out on the 
table opposite. In addition, Committee meetings 
were attended by the CEO, the Chief Financial and 
Sustainability Officer and representatives of our 
external auditor BDO LLP (“BDO”), our external 
valuer CBRE and the Company Secretary. The 
Committee also met with the auditor without any 
representative of the Executive team present. 

External Auditor and other Services

BDO has been our auditor since 2014 and 

during the year we reviewed BDO’s appointment as 
the Group’s external auditor. Following this review, 
we decided to retain BDO and have therefore 
recommended a resolution for BDO’s 
reappointment to be proposed to shareholders at 
the AGM.

committee membership  
and meetings 

Martin Ratchford

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis

Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Meetings

1 (1)

4 (4)

1 (1)

2 (2)

3 (3)

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

065

GoVErnAncE rEport

External Valuers 

The Committee monitored the objectivity and 
independence of CBRE during the year. The valuers 
have confirmed that they are appropriately qualified 
to carry out the valuations and that fees received 
are not a material part of their overall fee income. 
The Committee remains satisfied that the valuers 
are objective and independent.

Whistleblowing

The Committee is responsible for reviewing 

the arrangements by which staff can raise concerns, 
in confidence, about any possible improprieties 
relating to financial reporting or other matters. 
During the year we have reviewed our 
Whistleblowing Policy and ensured it has been 
widely published throughout the Group. One area 
of improvement highlighted that will be addressed 
in 2022 was that the whistleblowing hotline was not 
externally managed. 

The Committee has concluded that the 

Group has suitable arrangements for 
proportionately and independently investigating 
such matters and for appropriate follow-up action. 

Share capital Structures

The share capital structure and restrictions 

are covered in detail in the Directors’ Report on 
pages 78 and 79.

Financial Reporting and Significant Judgement
The Committee monitors the integrity of the 
financial information published in the half-year and 
annual financial statements and considers the 
extent to which suitable accounting policies have 
been adopted, presented and disclosed. In 
assessing this, we consider whether management 
has made suitable and appropriate estimates and 
judgements and seek support from the external 
auditor to assess them.

The significant issues considered by the 

Committee in relation to the financial statements 
during the year ended 31 December 2021, and the 
actions taken to address these issues, are set out in 
the following table:

conclusions in respect of the company’s  
Annual report

The production and the audit of the Annual 

Report is a comprehensive process, requiring input 
from several different contributors. To reach a 
conclusion on whether the Annual Report taken as 
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable, as 
required by the Code, the Board has requested that 
the Audit and Risk Committee advises on whether it 
considers that the Annual Report fulfils these 
requirements.

In outlining our advice, we considered the 

following:
 –
the controls in place for the production of the 
Annual Report, including the verification processes 
to confirm the factual content; and
 –
the detailed reviews undertaken at various 
stages of the production process by the Executive 
Directors, Company Secretary, legal adviser, 
brokers, auditor and the Audit and Risk Committee, 
which are intended to ensure consistency and 
overall balance.

As a result of this work, the Committee has 

concluded and reported to the Board that the 
Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 
2021, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model and 
strategy. The Board’s conclusions in this respect are 
set out in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 
on page 79.

mArtin rAtcHFord
Audit and Risk Committee Chairman | 2 March 2022

Significant issues considered

How these issues were addressed

Going concern and Viability Statement 
The appropriateness of preparing the Group financial 
statements on a going concern basis. Whether the 
assessment undertaken by management regarding the 
Group’s long-term viability appropriately reflects the prospects 
of the Group and covers an appropriate period of time.

 – The Committee considered whether management’s assessment adequately 
reflected the Group’s low-risk appetite and principal risks as disclosed on 
pages 48 to 53; whether the five-year period covered by the statement was 
reasonable given the strategy of the Group and the current environment in 
which the business operates in. 

 – The Committee also reviewed whether the assumptions and sensitivities 
stress tested were adequate and whether the stress testing represented 
severe enough scenarios.

 – The Committee concurred with management’s assessment and recommended 

the viability statement to the Board. The viability statement, together with 
details on the assessment undertaken and stress tests applied, is set out on 
page 49.

Valuation of property portfolio
The valuation of investment and development properties 
conducted by external valuers is inherently subjective as it is 
undertaken on the basis of assumptions made by the valuers 
which may not prove to be accurate. The outcome of the 
valuation is significant to the Group in terms of investment 
decisions and results.

 – CBRE independently values the individual properties in accordance with IAS 
40: Investment Property. The Committee has reviewed the assumptions in 
respect of the property valuations, discussed and challenged them with 
management and our external valuers CBRE, and concluded that the valuation 
is appropriate.

 – Separately, our auditor has met with CBRE a number of times in the year to 

challenge and independently audit their valuation.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

066

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Statement from the chairman of the remuneration committee

dear Shareholders

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to 
present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2021. 

The report is divided into three parts:.
The Annual Statement which summarises the 

 –
remuneration outcomes in 2021, the key decisions 
taken and how the Remuneration Policy (“Policy”) will 
be applied in the current financial year. 
 –
by shareholders in May 2020.  
 –
sets out full details of all remuneration matters. 

A summary of the Policy which was approved 

The Annual Report on Remuneration which 

STUART BEEVOR
Remuneration Committee Chairman

The COVID-19 
pandemic continued  
to create significant 
challenges in 2021 and, 
notwithstanding the 
huge efforts made  
by all staff and the 
ongoing improvements 
to operations, our 
approach continues to 
seek prudent alignment 
between executive 
remuneration and 
shareholder returns.

committee membership  
and meetings 

Stuart Beevor 

Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Alice Avis 

Martin Ratchford

Meetings

 4  (4)

4  (4)

3 (3)

4  (4)

1 (1)

Activities
 – Alignment with the Company’s 
strategy and shareholders’ interests
 – The impact of COVID-19 
 – Reward decisions
 – Workplace engagement
 – Remuneration and benefits of 
wider workforce, including gender 
pay and pensions
 – CEO pay ratio and internal 
proportionality

2021 performance and reward

The operational improvements and in-housing 

of operations undertaken in recent years has 
enabled Empiric to manage the challenges of the 
ongoing impact of COVID-19. In 2021 further 
changes were made to our operational structure to 
improve customer experience with provision of 24 
hour staffing cover in the majority of our buildings 
and the full delivery of the revenue management 
platform. Our staff have worked tirelessly to provide 
great service and, coupled with our flexible 
approach to refunding rent when customers were 
unable to occupy their rooms, our customer 
satisfaction as reflected in survey data supports our 
strong reputation and demonstrates our customer-
led approach is adding value to our customers, staff 
and shareholders. I would like to take this 
opportunity to thank all staff for their continuing 
efforts which are very much appreciated by the 
Board. 

As outlined earlier in this Annual Report, 2021 

has seen significant progress in a number of areas 
that are fundamental in building a strong, fit-for-
purpose operating business. This progress is 
reflected in the Executive annual bonus where 
prudent cost control and delivery of key individual 
strategic objectives resulted in a formulaic outcome 
of 55% of maximum. The Committee then 
considered the appropriateness of this outcome in 
the context of overall financial performance, with 
particular focus on net income performance which 
was below target.  Following that review, the 
Committee exercised its discretion to reduce the 
bonus outcome to 10% of maximum which it felt was 
a fair recognition of overall performance delivery. 
The vesting of the LTIP awards granted to 

Lynne Fennah on 23 August 2018 and on 24 April 
2019 were both subject to a performance condition 
of Total Return (Net Asset Value growth and 
dividends) assessed over performance periods 
ending in 2021. Actual performance was below the 
threshold level for both awards so no LTIP shares 
vested. 

Duncan Garrood and Lynne Fennah were 

each granted an LTIP award in April 2021 over 
shares worth 150% of their respective 2021 salaries. 
In determining the number of shares, the 
Remuneration Committee considered using the 
average share price for the 12-month period to 31 
March 2021 of 66.45 pence (our standard 
methodology) was not appropriate due to the 
depressed level of the share price, due to the 
exceptional COVID-19 pandemic circumstances 
pertaining at the time. The Committee therefore 
exercised discretion in deciding use of a higher 
share price, 75 pence, was more appropriate, as the 
share price was 76.6 pence when the 2020 Annual 
Results were announced and 75 pence was also 
used in determining Duncan Garrood’s LTIP award in 
October 2020.  This use of discretion reduced the 

number of shares awarded by approximately 11%. 

Full details of 2021 reward outcomes are set 

out on page 72.

Workplace Engagement and remuneration

Our staff are crucial to delivering our 
customer offer and we restructured our on-site staff 
model to provide 24 hour cover in the majority of 
our buildings. This has led to a number of new roles 
and staff changes, including a relatively high level of 
turnover. To ensure we can attract the right calibre of 
staff, salary increases for a number of on-site roles 
have been awarded. This is partly reflected in the 
6.9% salary increase for eligible staff (excludes 
recent joiners) effective 1 January 2022, but also in 
salaries offered to new joiners during the year. 
Alongside the Company’s commitment to pay the 
Living Wage, the Committee is satisfied that pay and 
conditions are appropriate and that turnover levels 
should stabilise at an appropriate level.   

The Colleague Forum is well established and 
is a formal workforce advisory panel consisting of 12 
employee representatives across the Group. The 12 
original employee members rotated off in 2021 and 
we thank them for their insight and positive 
contribution. Twelve new colleagues have now 
joined the Forum. It met twice formally in 2021 and is 
supported by Alice Avis, Senior Independent 
Director. 

Two colleague engagement surveys were 

undertaken in 2021 with the output showing a good 
result, bearing in mind the organisational 
restructuring and staff turnover level (for further 
information see page 22, Investments in  People). 

Gender pay

The Group believes in creating a diverse and 

gender balanced workforce which reflects the 
customers and communities we serve and we 
provide training and support that ensures our 
colleagues can deliver their best at work. This is the 
third year where we are required to report upon the 
gender pay gap within our subsidiary, Hello Student® 
Management Limited. The fact that we placed some 
of our people in 2020 on furlough (whilst not 
claiming government funds) has affected the results 
slightly. Our analysis based on data available on 5 
April 2021 shows that the mean gender pay gap is 
4.99% (with females paid more than males) and the 
mean gender bonus gap is -448.9% (females paid 
higher bonuses than males). Note the reporting 
period is for the year to April 2021 and the fact that 
no bonuses were paid in 2021 has impacted this 
year’s gender pay reporting. We are committed to 
minimising any gender pay and bonus gaps, to 
providing fair and competitive pay and benefits as 
well as continuously improving the experience of all 
colleagues in respect of equality, diversity and 
inclusion. Full details with a supporting narrative are 
published on Hello Student® website, www. 
hellostudent.co.uk, in accordance with the reporting 
required under the UK Equality Act 2010 (Gender 
Pay Gap Information) Regulations Act 2017.

cEo pay ratio and internal proportionality

Under the requirements introduced by The 
Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 
2018 we have calculated the CEO to employee pay 
ratio for the Group.

Using the methodology, the CEO pay ratio 

when compared against the median employee was 
20:1; full details are set out on page 75. The 
Remuneration Committee believes in reward 
packages that are externally competitive and 
internally proportionate, meaning the CEO is the  

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

067

GoVErnAncE rEport

employee with the highest proportion of variable 
pay as he has the highest level of responsibility.

The Remuneration Committee has considered 

remuneration throughout the Company and, with 
support from the Board, it was decided that no 
employee will be paid less than the Living Wage 
with effect from 1 January 2021, employees in bands 
3 and 4 (the Company has six bands with senior 
managers in band 6)  receive 7.5% pension  
contribution and that the Senior Leadership Team 
(the level immediately below the Executive 
comprising six members) were awarded an LTIP in 
2021, subject to the same performance conditions 
as Executive.

Following shareholder approval at the AGM in 

May 2021 the save as you earn share scheme was 
launched to allow our people the opportunity to buy 
into the success of our Company.

remuneration policy

The Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the AGM in May 2020 and will be 
next fully reviewed in 2023.

Our current Policy remains compliant with 

key remuneration requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, including discretion for 
Committee override to formulaic outcomes from 
incentive plans, a minimum five-year release period 
for LTIP awards, alignment of pension provision for 
new Executive Directors with the rate available to 
the majority of the workforce and a post-
employment shareholding requirement.

A summary of our Remuneration Policy is set 

out on pages 68 to 70.

Executive pension alignment

The Committee, and the Board, are aware of 

the requirement of the majority of shareholders to 
align existing Executive pension contributions with 
that of the majority of the workforce. Lynne 
Fennah’s current contribution rate of 15% is 
therefore non-compliant and, following discussion 
with Lynne, it has been agreed that her pension 
contribution will reduce to 7.5%, in line with the 
majority of the workforce, with effect from 1 January 
2023.

Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 25% of the 
award will vest for meeting a threshold TAR target 
of 6% pa, increasing to 100% vesting for meeting a 
maximum target of 10% pa. Secondly, TSR relative to 
the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer 
group, with 25% of the award vesting for median 
performance and 100% for 75th percentile 
performance (straight line between).

Strategic and Shareholder Alignment

Annual bonus performance measures 

In setting Executive remuneration in 2022, 
the Committee has continued to seek alignment 
with Empiric’s strategic priorities and shareholder 
interests. In particular:
 –
continue to be focused on objectives critical to 
delivering the improvement in corporate 
performance optimising revenue occupancy and the 
level of fully covered dividends, and individual 
specific strategic measures.
 –
Executives are aligned with the principle of 
shareholder value creation through participation in 
the long-term incentive plan that rewards growth in 
NAV plus dividends and relative shareholder returns. 
 –
The Executive Directors are required to build 
up and retain significant holdings of Empiric shares 
equivalent to 200% of salary which directly align 
them with other shareholders.
 –
The Remuneration Committee is acutely 
aware of the need to align Executive remuneration, 
and that of the rest of the workforce, with 
shareholder returns, whilst fully recognising that 
remuneration should motivate and reward continued 
performance, hard work and commitment.

We are confident that Empiric is well 
positioned to benefit from the operational 
restructuring which has been undertaken and that 
when financial results feed through into shareholder 
returns, improved Executive variable rewards will 
follow.

Full details of how the Remuneration Policy 

will be applied during 2022, as well as how 
Directors were paid in 2021, are set out on pages 71 
to 77. There will be an advisory shareholder vote on 
this section of the Remuneration Report at our 2022 
AGM.

2022 reward decisions

committee changes

The Committee undertook a thorough review 

Martin Ratchford joined the Committee in 

October 2021 following Jim Prower’s retirement. I 
will be retiring from the Board at the upcoming AGM 
and Alice Avis will succeed me as take the 
responsibility as the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee with effect from 1 April 2022. I am 
grateful to shareholders for their candid 
engagement during my tenure. We greatly value 
engagement with our shareholders and look 
forward to your support at the forthcoming AGM. 

StuArt BEEVor
Remuneration Committee Chairman | 2 March 2022

of Executive salaries taking advice from Deloitte, 
our Remuneration Consultant. As a result, salaries 
were increased by 2.5% with effect from 1 January 
2022. Duncan Garrood’s salary was fixed since 
joining in October 2020 and Lynne Fennah’s salary 
was last changed in January 2020. The Board is 
extremely conscious of the need to manage costs, 
but the Remuneration Committee feel it is 
imperative to offer attractive salaries and believes 
2.5% is the minimum increase to be prudent in the 
present circumstances.

The Executive bonus plan arrangements for 

2022 follow the same structure as 2021, with a 
maximum payout of 110% of salary and three equally 
weighted objectives, which for 2022 are revenue 
occupancy, the level of fully covered dividends and 
specific individual objectives based on strategic 
KPIs.

Both Executive Directors will receive LTIP 

awards in 2022, as in 2021, over shares worth 150% 
of salary. The vesting of the LTIP award is subject to 
two performance measures, each being 50% of the 
award for the period 1 January 2022 to 31 
December 2024. Firstly, TAR relative to threshold 
and maximum targets, with TAR being the combined  

 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

068

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

remuneration committee report

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
was approved by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting held on 
7 May 2020 and came into effect 
immediately thereafter.

policy table for Executive directors

Summary of policy report

There is no shareholder vote on the Policy at the 2022 

AGM but, for shareholders’ reference, an extract from the 
Policy containing the Policy Tables for Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors has been included below. The full 
Policy can be found in the Notice of Annual General Meeting 
issued on 27 March 2020 which is on our website at  
www.empiric.co.uk/investor-information and in the 2019 
Annual Report pages 52-58. 

A new Policy will be presented to Shareholders for 

approval at the 2023 AGM.

Fixed pay

Component

Base salary

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

Core element of 
remuneration set at 
a level to attract and 
retain Executive 
Directors of the 
required calibre to 
deliver the 
Company’s 
investment 
objectives 
successfully.

Fixed cash paid monthly 
generally reviewed annually. 
The review takes into 
consideration a number of 
factors, including but not  
limited to: 
 – the individual Director’s role, 

experience and performance; 

 – business performance;
 – relevant data on 

remuneration levels paid for 
comparable roles; and 

 – pay and conditions elsewhere 

in the Company.

None.

None.

None.

To avoid setting the 
expectations of Executive 
Directors and other employees, 
there is no overall maximum 
salary for Executive Directors 
under the Remuneration Policy. 
Any increase in salaries will be 
determined by the 
Remuneration Committee, 
taking into account the factors 
stated in this table and the 
following principles: 
 – Salary increases for Executive 
Directors will typically be in 
line with the average salary 
increase (in percentage of 
salary terms) for other 
permanent employees. 
 –  Increases may be made 
above this in certain 
circumstances, such as: 

 –  progression within the role; 
 –  increase in scope and 

responsibility of the role; 

 –  increase in experience 
where an individual has 
been recruited on a lower 
salary initially; and increase 
in size and complexity of 
the Company.

There is no overall maximum 
level, but benefits are set at an 
appropriate level for the specific 
nature of the role and depend 
on the annual cost of providing 
individual benefits.

Current Executive Directors 
receive a contribution of up to 
15% of base salary to a pension 
plan and/or as a cash allowance 
in lieu of pension. 
The level of pension provision 
for any future Executive Director 
appointment will be limited to 
that offered to the majority of 
the workforce.

Benefits

To provide 
market-competitive 
benefits.

pension

To provide 
market-competitive 
retirement benefits.

Benefits are role specific and 
take into account local market 
practice. 
Benefits currently include (but 
are not limited to) reimbursed 
travel expenses, medical 
insurance, disability and life 
insurance and a car allowance.

The Company either contributes 
to the Directors’ personal 
pension arrangements or direct 
to their pension plans. 
Alternatively, Directors may 
receive a cash allowance in lieu 
of pension.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

069

GoVErnAncE rEport
GoVErnAncE rEport

Variable Remuneration

Component

Annual and 
deferred annual 
bonus

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

To link reward to the 
achievement of key 
business objectives 
for the year. 
To provide 
additional alignment 
with shareholders’ 
interests through 
the operation of 
bonus deferral.

The Executive Directors are 
participants in the annual bonus 
plan which is reviewed annually 
to ensure bonus opportunity, 
performance measures and 
targets and objectives are 
appropriate and support the 
business strategy. 
The Committee will determine 
the level of bonus to be 
awarded, taking into account 
the extent to which the targets 
have been met and overall 
business and personal 
performance. 
Up to 60% of an Executive 
Director’s annual bonus will be 
paid in cash following the 
release of the audited results of 
the business. 
At least 40% of any bonus is 
deferred into an award over 
Company shares issued as a 
nil-cost option pursuant to the 
terms of the LTIP, which will 
usually be deferred for three 
years.
Dividend equivalents will be 
paid usually in additional shares 
when the deferred shares are 
released.

Awards under the LTIP will 
usually be made in the form of a 
contingent award of shares or 
grant of nil-cost options or 
nominal value options. 
Vesting of the award is 
dependent on the achievement 
of performance targets, typically 
measured over a three-year 
period. 
Vested awards (relating to 
awards granted from 2019 
onwards) will be subject to an 
additional two-year holding 
period. 
Dividend equivalents will be 
paid usually in additional shares 
when the LTIP awards are 
released.

Maximum

Performance framework

The maximum annual bonus 
opportunity is 150% of base 
salary per annum. 
Each year the Remuneration 
Committee will determine the 
maximum annual bonus 
opportunity for each individual 
Executive Director within this 
limit.

The bonus is based on 
performance assessed over one 
year using appropriate financial, 
strategic and personal 
performance measures. 
The selected measures for the 
next financial year will be set out 
in the Remuneration section of 
the Annual Report for that year.

The maximum LTIP award that 
may be made is up to 150% of 
base salary per annum as 
provided for in plan rules, but 
for the avoidance of doubt this 
excludes any nil-cost options 
issued pursuant to an award 
under the annual bonus 
scheme.

Vesting of LTIP awards is 
dependent on the achievement 
of performance measures 
determined by the Committee 
ahead of each award. These 
details will be disclosed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
section of the Remuneration 
Report. 
Performance will usually be 
measured over a three-year 
performance period. For 
achieving a “threshold” level of 
performance against a 
performance measure, no more 
than 25% of the award will vest. 
Vesting then increases on a 
sliding scale to 100% for 
achieving a stretching maximum 
performance target.

ltip

To link reward for 
the Executive 
Directors to the 
achievement of 
long-term 
performance 
objectives of the 
Company which are 
aligned to the 
strategic goals and 
to retain executives.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

070

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

remuneration committee report continued

Value Delivery Plan (VDP)

removed from 
policy. no further 
Vdp awards will  
be granted

Component

Employee Share 
option plan; 
Executive directors 
will only be 
granted share 
options under the 
ESop in 
exceptional 
circumstances

All-employee  
share plans

Shareholding 
guideline

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To reward 
employees for the 
delivery of 
long-term 
shareholder value.

To reward 
employees for the 
delivery of 
long-term 
shareholder value.

To align interests of 
executives and 
shareholders.

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

If ESOP awards were, in 
exceptional circumstances, 
granted to an Executive Director, 
they would be subject to an 
appropriate performance 
condition as determined by the 
Committee.

The ESOP permits the grant of 
share options with an exercise 
price of not less than the market 
value of a share (as determined 
by the Committee) at the time of 
grant. 
Options will usually be 
exercisable between three and 
ten years following the grant.

Executive Directors may 
participate on the same basis as 
other employees.

The standard guideline is that 
Executive Directors are 
expected to build up and retain 
a shareholding worth at least 
200% of salary. 
Directors are required to 
maintain their shareholding in 
accordance with this guideline 
for two years post employment. 
(Unless the Committee 
considers a lower limit to be 
appropriate in a particular 
participant’s circumstances.)

policy table for non-Executive directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Fees are set at an appropriate level that is market 
competitive and reflective of the responsibilities and 
time commitment associated with specific roles. 
The total aggregate fees payable to the Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors will not exceed the limit stated 
in the Company’s Articles of Association.

to attract and retain non-
Executive directors of the 
required calibre by offering 
market-competitive fees.

The Chairman of the Board receives an all-inclusive fee. 
Non-Executive Directors receive a basic Board fee. 
Additional fees may be payable for additional Board 
responsibilities such as acting as the Senior 
Independent Director, chairmanship or membership of a 
Board Committee. 
The Remuneration Committee reviews the fees paid to 
the Chairman and the Board reviews the fees paid to 
the Non-Executive Directors periodically. 
Additional fees may be paid to Non-Executive Directors 
on a per diem basis to reflect increased time 
commitment in certain limited circumstances. 
Expenses incurred in the performance of non-executive 
duties for the Company may be reimbursed or paid 
directly by the Company, as appropriate, including any 
tax and social security contributions due on the 
expenses. 
Non-Executive Directors may be provided with benefits 
to enable them to undertake their duties.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

071

GoVErnAncE rEport
GoVErnAncE rEport

Annual report on remuneration

The Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to an  
advisory shareholder vote at the 2022 Annual General Meeting.

implementation of the remuneration policy in 2022

This section provides an overview of how the Committee is proposing to implement the Remuneration Policy during 2022.

Base Salary

As discussed in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement, executive salaries increased by 2.5% with effect from 1 January 2022, 

following a comprehensive review and having taken advice from Deloitte, our Remuneration Consultants. The prior and current salaries are set out 
below. For information, there was no salary increase in 2021.

Executive Director

Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah 

Pension and Benefits

Prior salary

Current salary

£400,000 fixed 28 September 2020

£410,000 with effect from 1 January 2022

£316,200 fixed 1 January 2020

£324,105 with effect from 1 January 2022

Executive Directors will be provided with a standard benefits package including pension provision (CEO 7.5% and CFO/CSO 15%), medical 

insurance, life insurance, and car allowance (£15,000 for CEO and £10,000 for CFO/CSO).

The Committee, and the Board, are aware of the requirement of the majority of shareholders to align existing executive pension contributions 

with that of the majority of the workforce. Lynne Fennah’s current contribution rate of 15% is therefore non-compliant and, following discussion with 
Lynne, it has been agreed that her pension contribution will reduce to 7.5%, in line with the majority of the workforce, with effect from 1 January 2023. 

Annual and deferred Annual Bonus

The maximum payout under the annual bonus scheme is unchanged at 110% of salary, with at least 40% of any bonus satisfied by the issue of 

nil-cost options, which will be deferred for three years.

The annual bonus will continue to be determined by three equally weighted performance measures which for 2022 are :
–  Revenue Occupancy (one third of bonus) 
–  Fully covered dividend (one third of bonus) 
–  Director-specific objectives (one third of bonus)
The Remuneration Committee considers that these three performance objectives are the most appropriate for 2022 as the Company continues 
to manage out of the COVID-19 pandemic period and optimises the opportunities following the in-housing of all functions and the strengthening of the 
senior management team. Notwithstanding the formulaic outcome against these measures, the Remuneration Committee will carefully consider overall 
business performance at the year-end and determine whether it should exercise discretion. 

Each Executive has three personal specific objectives linked to strategic KPIs. 
For Duncan Garrood these are: further development and successful implementation of the corporate strategy; workplace engagement, culture, 

talent development and people retention; and further improvement in customer service. 

For Lynne Fennah these are: successful implementation of the financial elements of the corporate strategy; successful implementation of the 
ESG strategy including planning to reach net zero; and fully extend the financial capability of the Company including IT and an internal audit function.

The targets for these measures will be disclosed, and performance against them will be provided, in the next Remuneration Report. Any bonus 

payout will be subject to the Remuneration Committee confirming that, in its assessment, the financial outturns which determined the bonus were 
achieved within an acceptable risk profile. Clawback may be applied to a cash bonus up to three years from the determination of the bonus and malus 
and clawback may be applied to a deferred annual bonus up to three years from the date of award.

ltip

As in 2021, Duncan Garrood and Lynne Fennah will be awarded an LTIP for 2022 equivalent to 150% of salary, with the number of shares 
determined by the average share price in the 12 months preceding grant, or in exceptional circumstances such other share price deemed appropriate 
by the Committee. The vesting of the LTIP award is subject to two performance measures, each being 50% of the award. Firstly, Total Accounting Return 
(“TAR”) relative to threshold and maximum targets for the period 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024, with TAR being the combined Net Asset Value 
growth and dividends. 25% of the award will vest for meeting a threshold TAR target of 6% pa, increasing to 100% vesting for meeting a maximum target 
of 10% pa. Secondly, Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer group, with 25% of the award for median 
performance and 100% for 75th percentile performance (straight line between) for the period 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024.

Any LTIP vesting will be subject to the Remuneration Committee confirming that, in its assessment, the vesting outturn was achieved within an 

acceptable risk profile. The Committee has discretion to override formulaic outcomes.

Malus and clawback may be applied to LTIP awards up to five years from the date of award in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

Vested awards will be subject to an additional two-year holding period.

non-Executive director remuneration

The unchanged fee structure applying from 1 January 2022 is outlined in the table below. Non-Executive Director fees are determined by the full 

Board, except for the fee for the Chairman of the Board, which is determined by the Remuneration Committee.

Base fee

Audit and Risk Committee Chairman additional fee

Remuneration Committee Chairman additional fee

Annual fees (£)

£40,000

£8,000

£8,000

Senior Independent Director additional fee

£9,000 (£4,500 if role is held by an individual who is also a Committee Chairman)

Chairman

£115,000

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

072

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Annual report on remuneration continued

remuneration outcomes in 2021
Single total Figure of remuneration (Audited)

The following table sets out the total remuneration for Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 2021 

alongside the equivalent data for the previous year.

Salary  
and fees 
(£)

Benefits 
(£)

Pension 
(£)

Total Fixed
(£)

Annual 
bonus (£)

Long-term 
incentives 
(£)

Total 
Variable 
(£)

Total 
(£)

Year ended 31 December 2021

Executive directors
Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah

non-Executive directors
Mark Pain

Jim Prower1

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis1

Martin Ratchford1

Executive directors
Tim Attlee2

Duncan Garrood3

Lynne Fennah⁴

non-Executive directors
Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis

400,000

316,200

17,829

14,073

30,000

447,829

 44,000 

47,430

 377,703

 34,782 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

115,000

39,375

48,000

42,250 

 12,000 

–

–

–

–

–

Year ended 31 December 2020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

44,000

491,829

34,782

 412,485 

–

–

–

–

–

115,000

39,375

48,000

42,250 

 12,000 

Benefits 
(£)

Pension 
(£)

Total Fixed 
(£)

Annual bonus 
(£)

Long-term 
incentives 
(£)

Total  
Variable 
(£)

Total 
(£)

12,784

4,504

13,933

30,600

247,384

7,615

113,657

47,430

397,563

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

115,000

52,500

48,000

40,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

247,384

113,657

397,563

115,000

52,500

48,000

40,000

115,000

39,375

48,000

42,250 

 12,000 

Salary  
and fees 
(£)

204,000

101,538

336,200

115,000

52,500

48,000

40,000

notes to the table – methodology

Salary and fees – This represents the cash paid or receivable in respect of the relevant financial year.
Benefits – This represents the taxable value of all benefits paid or receivable in respect of the relevant financial year. Executive Directors 

receive a standard benefits package including medical insurance, life insurance and car allowance.

Annual bonus – Total bonus payable for the relevant financial year, whether payable in cash or as a deferred share award.
long-term incentive – These columns relate to the value of long-term awards whose performance period ends in the period under review. The 

Remuneration Committee determined that the performance condition for the LTIPs granted in August 2018 and April 2019 had not been met and 
accordingly none of these awards vest.

pension – Duncan Garrood received a Company contribution worth 7.5% of base salary: Lynne Fennah received a contribution of 15% of base 

salary; during the year the Executive Directors each elected to receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension.

1 – Jim Prower resigned from the Board on 30 September 2021 and Martin Ratchford joined on 1 October 2021 as Audit and Risk Chair. Alice Avis 

was appointed Senior Independent Director effective 1 October 2021. 
2 – Tim Attlee was CEO and a Director until 30 June 2020. 
3 – Duncan Garrood became CEO and a Director on 28 September 2020.
4 – Lynne Fennah’s salary was temporarily enhanced by an acting-up allowance of £20,000 in 2020 due to her additional responsibilities and 

workload in Q3 2020 when there was no Chief Executive Officer. There were no pension contributions attached to this allowance.

Additional disclosures in respect of the Single Figure table (Audited)
2021 Annual Bonus

Duncan Garrood and Lynne Fennah participated in the 2021 annual bonus scheme with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of 110% of salary 

based on the performance targets set out below.

The maximum potential annual bonus that could be paid to the Executive Directors in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021 was 
determined by a combination of three performance measures, being total revenue (one-third), total costs (one-third) and specific individual objectives 
(one-third).

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

073

GoVErnAncE rEport
GoVErnAncE rEport

Performance targets are set out below.

performance measure

Revenue

Costs

Individual specific objectives 
Duncan Garrood 
Lynne Fennah

Proportion of bonus 
determined by measure 

33.33%

33.33%

33.34%

Threshold  
performance  
0% payable

Maximum  
performance  
100% payable

90% of budget

110% of budget

105% of budget

95% of budget

 See below

Total before application of Committee discretion

Total after application of Committee discretion

Actual 
performance1

% of maximum  
bonus payable

83.5%

96.1%

75% 

0%

29.6%

25.0%

54.6%

10%

In setting the revenue and costs performance targets for 2021, the Remuneration Committee recognised the uncertainty caused by the 

exceptional COVID-19 circumstances. These measures were therefore made subject to a net income override, calculated by deducting total costs from 
total revenue, which ultimately determines the level of potential covered dividends, thus aligning executive reward to shareholders. As the actual net 
income was significantly below budget, the Remuneration Committee applied its discretion and concluded that no bonus should be payable in respect 
of the two financial targets in the table above.

Good progress was achieved by both Executives on their respective individual specific objectives. The Remuneration Committee determined 

that performance warranted a 75% score for both Executives. Applying this to one-third of the total bonus payable resulted in 25% of maximum payout. 
The Committee considered this outcome in the context of overall Company financial performance and exercised discretion to reduce this level of 
payout to 10% of maximum bonus for both Executives. This will be paid 60% cash and 40% deferred shares. More detail is provided on achievements 
on each specific objective below.

Achievement against individual Executive objectives:

Duncan Garrood

objective

outturn

The completion and appropriate implementation of a Board 
approved 2022-24 Strategic Plan, including the delivery of the 2021 
elements of the Portfolio Segmentation Plan, particularly asset 
disposals, and the evolution of the Hello Student Brand proposition.

Strategic Plan approved, portfolio segmentation analysis 
significantly concluded, including £45 million of asset sales 
completed or unconditionally exchanged, Hello Student Brand 
proposition progressed but delayed due to COVID-19.

Optimising the Hello Hub operating platform, including the 
implementation of a new revenue optimisation programme, and 
tangible digital customer service improvements.

Revenue management pricing programme implemented, online 
booking process time partly reduced, customer conversion rate 
improved by 35%.





Develop workplace engagement and culture, to bring an improved 
performance on customer service, internal talent development and 
ESG traction.

82% Colleague survey engagement achieved, NPS measured 
twice in year at +27 and +22, internal staff appointments increased 
from 13% to 23%.



Lynne Fennah

objective

outturn

The completion and appropriate implementation of a Board 
approved 2022-24 strategic plan, including a forensic review of the 
cost base.

Strategic plan approved, strategic cost plan achieved and 
five-year business plan approved.

Provide oversight across all business processes, to ensure 
alignment with the business strategy, efficiency, cost minimisation 
and regulatory compliance.

New revenue management platform successfully completed, 
restructuring of the IT function and establishment of a Project 
Office team to support further development road map.

Develop and execute a Board-approved ESG strategy, including a 
stakeholder engagement and communication plan.

Five-year ESG plan approved by Board, ESG communication plan 
covering all stakeholders agreed, Board governance review 
completed and new Company Secretary appointed at year end.







Key: Some progress  Good progress  Excellent progress 

The table below sets out the annual bonus awards made in respect of the 2021 financial year

Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah

note: Receipt of shares will be deferred for three years.

Bonus award percentage 
of maximum

Bonus paid in cash

Bonus awarded in 
deferred shares

10%

10%

£26,400

£20,869

£17,600

£13,913

Total bonus

£44,000

£34,782

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

074

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Annual report on remuneration continued

ltip Vesting

The vesting of the LTIP award granted to Lynne Fennah on 23 August 2018 and on 24 April 2019 were subject to a performance condition of Total 

Return (Net Asset Value growth and dividends) relative to threshold and maximum targets for the period 1 July 2018 to 30 June 2021 and 31 December 
2018 to 31 December 2021 respectively.

TR means combined Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 25% of the awards vest for meeting a threshold TR target of 8% pa., increasing to 

100% vesting for meeting a maximum target of 12% pa.

Actual performance was below the threshold level for both awards so no LTIP shares vested.

Scheme interests Awarded during the Financial period (Audited)
Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards

Long-term incentive plan awards are granted over the Company’s shares with the number of shares under award determined by reference to a 

percentage of base salary. Vesting of the awards is conditional upon satisfaction of performance conditions and is usually also conditional upon 
continued employment until the awards vest on the third anniversary of grant. Vesting is subject to an additional two-year holding period.

The following table provides details of the LTIP awards granted to Duncan Garrood and Lynne Fennah on 22 April 2021. 

Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah

Type of award

LTIP

LTIP

Maximum  
number 
of shares

800,000

632,400

Face value  

£

 600,000

474,300

Threshold  
vesting

End of  
performance 
period

25% of award

31 December 2023

25% of award

31 December 2023

Duncan Garrood and Lynne Fennah were each entitled to a LTIP award over shares worth 150% of annual salary at the start of the year. The 

number of shares in the award (and the face value in the above table) was calculated using a Company share price of 75 pence. The Remuneration 
Committee considered using the average share price for the 12-month period to 31 March 2021 of 66.45 pence (our standard methodology) was not 
appropriate due to the depressed level of the share price due to the exceptional conditions arising from the COVID-19 pandemic. The 75 pence amount 
was considered appropriate as the share price was 76.6 pence when the 2021 Annual Results were announced and 75 pence was also used in 
determining Duncan Garrood’s LTIP in October 2020. Vesting of these awards is subject to two performance measures, each being 50% of the award. 
Firstly, Total Accounting Return (“TAR”) relative to threshold and maximum targets for the periods 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023, with TAR being 
the combined Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 25% of the award will vest for meeting a threshold TAR target of 6% pa., increasing to 100% 
vesting for meeting a maximum target of 10% pa. Secondly, Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer 
group, with 25% of the award for median performance and 100% for 75th percentile performance (straight line between) for the period 1 January 2021 to 
31 December 2023.

payments to past directors (Audited)

There were no payments to past Directors during 2021 other than those relating to the former CEO previously outlined in the 2020  

Remuneration Report. 

Payments for Loss of Office (Audited)

There were no payments for loss of office. 

Statement of directors’ Shareholdings and Share interests (Audited)

The table below shows the Directors’ share ownership as at 31 December 2021.

The standard shareholding guideline is that Executive Directors are expected to build up and retain a shareholding worth at least 200% of salary. 

Subject to the incentive plans delivering at least a target level of award, the guideline is expected to be satisfied within a five-year period of the 
introduction of the guideline or, if later, their appointment to the Board.

Executive Directors are now required to maintain their shareholding in accordance with this guideline for two years post employment (unless the 

Committee considers a lower limit to be appropriate in a particular participant’s circumstances).

Mark Pain

Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah

Jim Prower4

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis

Martin Ratchford

Dividends 
received during  
the year ended  

31 December 2021

Beneficially  
owned shares at  
31 December 2021 
(number of shares)

Outstanding LTIP 
awards subject to 
performance and 
employment conditions 
at 31 December 20212 
(number of shares)

Outstanding annual 
bonus awards subject to 
employment conditions 
at 31 December 20213 
(number of shares)

% of salary1

£2,500 

–

£1,385

–

£500

–

–

100,000

–

55,400

–

20,000

–

–

–

–

15%

–

–

–

–

–

1,200,000

1,647,139

–

–

–

–

–

–

156,070

–

–

–

–

1 
2 
3 
4 

Value-based on salary effective from 1 January 2021 and the closing share price on 31 December 2021 of £0.86.
These are outstanding LTIP awards subject to the performance conditions disclosed in this or previous Remuneration Reports.
These are outstanding deferred awards granted pursuant to the annual bonus plan.
Figures up to point of cessation as Director.

Between 31 December 2021 and the date of this Report, there were no changes in the shareholdings outlined in the above table.

 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

075

GoVErnAncE rEport
GoVErnAncE rEport

performance Graph and cEo remuneration table

The chart below compares the TSR performance of the Company during the period since IPO to the FTSE All-Share Index and the FTSE 
All-Share REIT Index. These indices have been chosen because they are recognised equity market indices of which the Company is a member. The 
base point in the chart for the Company equates to the IPO price of 100 pence.

ESP TSR vs. FTSE All-Share and FTSE All-Share REIT Indices

£170

£160

£150

£140

£130

£120

£110

£100

£90

£80

£70

Jun-14

Dec-14

Jun-15

Dec-15

Jun-16

Dec-16

Jun-17

Dec-17

Jun-18

Dec-18

Jun-19

Dec-19

Jun-20

Dec-20

Jun-21

Dec-21

Empiric Student Property

FTSE All-Share Index

FTSE All-Share REIT Index

Chief Executive Officer Remuneration Outcomes

The table below shows the total remuneration payable to the CEO for the financial periods since IPO, and variable pay outturns as a percentage 

of the maximum opportunity.

12 months
ended
30 June 
2015

12 months
ended
30 June 
2016

6 months 
ended  
31 December 
2016

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
2017

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
20181

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
2019

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
20202

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
2021

CEO single figure of remuneration

£576,263

£748,160

£314,455

£731,442

£539,500

£670,557

£361,041

£491,829

Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting

100%

n/a

100%

n/a

50%

n/a

0%

25.1%

63.7%

0%

42%

0%

0%

0%

10%

0%

1 
2 

Includes Acting CEO for period 1 January to 31 October 2018.
Combination of Tim Attlee as CEO from 1 January to 30 June 2020 and Duncan Garrood as CEO from 28 September to 31 December 2020.

cEo pay ratio

The UK Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 introduces a requirement for certain UK listed companies to publish the ratio of 

CEO pay to UK staff pay. This is presented below for the Group and calculated in accordance with the regulations:

Year

2021

2020

2019

Option

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio 75th percentile pay ratio

A

A

A

23:1

24:1

33:1

20:1

23:1

31:1

15:1

19:1

25:1

Salary

£27,000

Method

Total pay and benefits

Salary

Total pay and benefits

Salary

Total pay and benefits

Lower quartile

Median quartile

Upper quartile

2021

A

£20,963

£19,500

£22,535

£20,963

£29,025

We have used Option A as the statistically preferred method for calculating the pay ratio.
Figures are calculated based on a reference date of 31 December 2021 (295 headcount employed at this date).
Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors has not been included in the calculations.
The conversion for part-time colleagues to FTE equivalent uses a standard working week of 37.5 hours and 52 weeks a year.

The summary above shows that the CEO pay ratios at all percentiles has reduced. This is due to the fact that the Company has taken a company 

approach to ensure our colleagues are fairly rewarded, alongside the impact of us becoming a Living Wage Employer.

The Group adopts a reward framework which is based on a set of principles for all our people. The remuneration should be competitive 
compared to other comparative roles and always equal to or more than the Real Living Wage. All our people are paid using the same principles as the 
pay for our Executive Directors. On this basis, we believe the median ratio is consistent with the Group’s wider policies on pay, reward and progression 
policies.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

076

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

remuneration committee report continued

percentage change in remuneration of the directors

The table below shows the change in the various elements of Director remuneration relative to the change in average employee remuneration 

between 2020 and 2021 (plus between 2019 and 2020 as set out in last year’s Remuneration Report).

year to  
31 december 2021

Base salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

year to  
31 december 2020

Base salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

Mark Pain
 change

Alice Avis
 change

Stuart Beevor
 change

Martin Ratchford
 change

Lynne Fennah
 change

Duncan Garrood 
change

Average employee 
change

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+100%

+0%

+0%

+100%

+4.0%

+0%

-100%

Mark Pain
 change

Alice Avis
 change

Stuart Beevor
 change

Martin Ratchford
 change

Lynne Fennah
 change

Duncan Garrood 
change

Average employee 
change

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+2.0%

+0%

-100%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+10.0%

+0%

+100%

Calculated as percentage change in the figures within the table entitled Single Total Figure of Remuneration (Audited).

relative importance of Spend on pay

The table below sets out the total expenditure on pay for all of the Company’s employees, compared to distributions to shareholders by way of 

dividend.

Total staff costs (further details are provided in Note 6 to the Group accounts (page 99)

Total dividends

Year ended 
31 December 2021

Year ended 
31 December 2020

£10.3m

£15.1m

£9.0m

£7.6m

consideration by directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the Remuneration Policy of the 

Group and for reviewing compliance with Policy. During the year ended 31 December 2021, the Remuneration Committee consisted of the following 
Directors: Stuart Beevor, Mark Pain, Jim Prower (until 30 September), Alice Avis and Martin Ratchford (from 1 October). The Committee met four times 
during the year ended 31 December 2021.

internal Advice

No individual was present when their own remuneration was being discussed. The Company Secretary acted as secretary to the Remuneration 

Committee. The Executive and HR Director joined some meetings to discuss relevant matters as required.

External Advice

Deloitte LLP was appointed by the Company in 2015 to provide advice on executive remuneration matters. During the year, the Committee 
received independent and objective advice from Deloitte, principally on the drafting of the Remuneration Report, incentive design and market practice. 
Deloitte was paid £18,700 in fees during the year ended 31 December 2021 for these services (charged on a time plus expense basis). Deloitte is a 
founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive 
remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte provided no other services to the Company during this period.

compliance with the uK corporate Governance code

The Committee is mindful of the UK Corporate Governance Code and considers that it has appropriately addressed the principles of Provision 

40 in the Code:
 –
 –

Clarity – This Remuneration Report provides a straightforward and transparent disclosure of our executive remuneration arrangements.
Simplicity and alignment to culture – Our variable remuneration arrangements are straightforward with individuals eligible for an annual bonus 
and, at more senior levels, LTIP awards. Performance measures used in these plans are aligned with KPIs, key strategic objectives and long-term 
sustainable value creation.
Predictability – The Policy Table on page 68 contains maximum opportunity levels for Executive Directors’ bonus and LTIP awards and pension 
provision. The charts on page 56 of the 2019 Annual Report provide indications of the potential total reward opportunity for the Executive 
Directors.
Proportionality and risk – Our variable remuneration arrangements are designed to provide a fair and proportionate link between Group 
performance and reward and the Remuneration Committee has an overriding discretion that allows it to adjust formulaic annual bonus or LTIP 
outcomes so as to prevent disproportionate results. Additionally, we ensure there is a clear link between executive remuneration and the 
longer-term performance of the Group through a combination of bonus deferral into shares, five-year release periods for LTIP awards and 
stretching shareholding requirements that apply during and post employment.
Risk – Before approving any bonus or LTIP payouts, the Committee confirms that they were achieved within an acceptable risk profile. Malus and 
clawback provisions also apply to both the annual bonus and LTIP.

 –

 –

 –

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

077

GoVErnAncE rEport
GoVErnAncE rEport

Shareholder Voting

Shareholder support was received for our resolutions on remuneration as summarised below:

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report (May 2021 Annual General Meeting)

367,934,030 (98.9%)

4,222,310 (1.1%)

Approval of the Remuneration Policy (May 2020 Annual General Meeting)

349,871,083 (97.7%)

8,367,331 (2.3%)

4,205,421

134,527 

Votes for

Votes against

Votes withheld

External Board Appointments

Executive Directors are normally entitled to accept appointments outside the Company with the consent of the Board. Any fees received may be 

retained by the Director. Lynne Fennah was appointed Non-Executive Chairman of Home REIT plc with effect from 12 October 2020.

This report was approved by the Board on 2 March 2022.
On behalf of the Board:

StuArt BEEVor
Remuneration Committee Chairman | 2 March 2022

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

078

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

directors’ report

introduction

The Directors are pleased to present their 
Annual Report, including the Company’s audited 
financial statements, for the year ended                  
31 December 2021. The Directors’ Report and the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 53 comprise the 
“Management Report”, for the purposes of 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 4.1.5R.

Statutory information contained Elsewhere in 
the Annual report

Information required to be part of this 

Directors’ Report can be found elsewhere in the 
Annual Report and is incorporated into this report 
by reference, as indicated below.

Financial results and dividends

The financial results for the year can be 

found in the Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income on page 87.

The interim dividends declared and paid in 

relation to the year are set out on page 103.

directors

The names of the Directors of the Company 

who served during the year are set out on page 59. 
The biographical details of the current Board are on 
pages 54 and 55.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
The Company maintains Directors’ and 
officers’ liability insurance, at its expense, on behalf 
of the Directors.

directors’ interests in Shares and dividends

The Directors’ interests in ordinary shares 
and dividends are disclosed in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration on page 74.

Future developments

An indication of the likely future 
developments of the Company is set out in the 
Strategic Report on page 13.

restrictions on transfer of Securities in  
the company

There are no restrictions on the transfer of 

the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct 

securities in the Company, except pursuant to: 
 –
Authority (the “Listing Rules”), whereby certain 
individuals require approval to deal in the 
Company’s shares; and 
 –
the Company’s Articles of Association, 
whereby the Board may decline to register a 
transfer of shares or otherwise impose a restriction 
on shares, to prevent the Company breaching any 
law or regulation.

The Company is not aware of any 

agreements between holders of securities that may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of securities in 
the Company.

Securities carrying Special rights

No person holds securities in the Company 
carrying special rights with regard to control of the 
Company.

Going concern

The Directors believe that the Company is 

well placed to manage its financing and other 
business risks. Greater detail on this is provided on 
page 49. The Board is, therefore, of the opinion that 
the going concern basis adopted in the preparation 
of the Annual Report is appropriate.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions, Energy 
Consultation and Energy Efficiency Action

This information, required by Sch 7 of the 

Companies Act 2006, is included in the Strategic 
Report on page 45.

Substantial Shareholdings

As at 31 December 2021, the Company had 

been notified under the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules (“DTR 5”) of the following 
substantial holdings in its ordinary shares:

political donations

The Company made no political donations 

Investor

and incurred no political expenditure during the 
year.

Employees

Information about the Group’s employees 
can be found in the Strategic Report on page 39.

CCLA Investment 
Management

Investec Wealth & 

Investment

BlackRock

Financial instruments

Details of the Group’s financial risk 

management objectives and policies, together with 
its exposure to material financial risks, are set out in 
Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements.

East Riding of Yorkshire

28,293,515

Premier Miton Investors

28,067,345

Transact (EO)

21,495,603

Share capital

At 31 December 2021, the total number of 

ordinary shares in issue was 603,203,052. 

As at 31 December 2021

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

Percentage of 
ordinary 
shares

47,514,278

7.88%

40,738,337

30,883,450

6.75%

5.12%

4.69%

4.65%

3.56%

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

079

GoVErnAncE rEport

disclosure of information to Auditor

The Directors who were members of the 
Board at the time of approving the Directors’ Report 
have confirmed that:
 –
so far as each Director is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s 
auditor is not aware; and
 –
they ought to have taken as a Director in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

each Director has taken all the steps that 

AGm

The 2022 AGM will be held on 23 May 2022. 

Further details about the AGM will be provided in 
the AGM Notice.

This report was approved by the Board on  
2 March 2022.

mArK pAin
Chairman | 2 March 2022

Amendment of Articles

The Articles may be amended by a special 

resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

powers of the directors

Subject to the Articles, the Companies Act 

2006 and any directions given to the Company by 
special resolution, the business of the Company will 
be managed by the Board, which may exercise all 
the powers of the Company.

powers in relation to the company issuing or 
purchasing its Shares

At the Company’s AGM held on 25 May 2021, 
the Directors were granted general authority to allot 
shares in the Company in accordance with section 
551 of the Companies Act 2006 up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £2,010,536. Of these ordinary 
shares, the Directors were granted authority to 
issue up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£301,580 of equity securities non-pre-emptively and 
wholly for cash. In addition, the Directors were 
granted a further authority to issue up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of £301,580 of equity 
securities non-pre-emptively where such allotment 
or sale is used only for the purposes of financing (or 
refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six 
months after the original transaction) a transaction 
which the Board determines to be an acquisition or 
other capital investment of a kind contemplated by 
the Statement of Principles on Disapplying 
Pre-Emption Rights. These authorities expire at the 
conclusion of the Company’s next AGM.

At the AGM, the Directors were granted 
authority to make one or more market purchases of 
ordinary shares in the Company, in accordance with 
sections 693 and 701 of the Companies Act 2006, 
up to an aggregate number of 60,316,094 ordinary 
shares, within certain price parameters. No ordinary 
shares have been purchased by the Company 
under this authority, which will expire at the 
conclusion of the Company’s next AGM.

Appointment and replacement of directors

Details of the process by which Directors can 

be appointed or replaced are included in the 
Corporate Governance Statement on page 56.

post Balance Sheet Events

For all details occurring since the balance 

sheet date, please refer to Note 26 on page 111.

independent Auditor

BDO LLP has expressed its willingness to 
continue as auditor for the financial year ending  
31 December 2022 and a resolution relating to its 
reappointment will be tabled at the AGM on 23 May 
2022.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

080

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

directors’ responsibilities pursuant to dtr4

The Directors confirm that to the best of their 

the Group financial statements have been 

knowledge:
 –
prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and  
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit and loss of the Group and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation as a 
whole; 
 –
the development and performance of the business 
and the financial position of the Group and the 
Parent Company, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and 
 –
the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a 
whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and 
provide the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s performance, business model 
and strategy. 

the Annual Report includes a fair review of 

mArK pAin
Chairman | 2 March 2022

directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 

prepare the Group and Company financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law 
the Directors are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements and have elected to prepare 
the Company financial statements in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit 
or loss for the Group for that year.

In preparing these financial statements, the 

state whether they have been prepared in 

select suitable accounting policies and then 

make judgements and accounting estimates 

Directors are required to:
 –
apply them consistently; 
 –
that are reasonable and prudent; 
 –
accordance with international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; 
 –
prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and the Company will continue in 
business; and 
 –
Report and Directors’ Remuneration Report which 
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006. 

prepare a Directors’ Report, a Strategic 

The Directors are responsible for keeping 

adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Group and the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. The 
Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

Website publication

The Directors are responsible for ensuring 

the Annual Report and the financial statements are 
made available on a website. Financial statements 
are published on the Company’s website in 
accordance with legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website is the responsibility of the 
Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends 
to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements 
contained therein.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

081081

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

independent Auditor’s report to the  
members of Empiric Student property plc
Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:
 – the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect 
to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

overview

coverage

100% (2020: 100%) of Group profit before tax 
100% (2020: 100%) of Group revenue 
100% (2020: 100%) of Group total assets

Key audit 
matters

Valuation of 
investment 
property

2021

Yes

2020

Yes

Going concern

Yes

Yes

Group financial statements as a whole

materiality

£10,700,000 (2020: £10,550,000) based on 1%  
(2020: 1%) of Group total assets

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. We also addressed the risk of management override of 
internal controls, including assessing whether there was evidence 
of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material 
misstatement.

The Group operates solely in the United Kingdom and through one 
segment, the investment property portfolio. None of the individually 
subsidiaries were considered to be significant components, and, as 
such, the audit approach included undertaking audit work on the 
key risks of material misstatement identified for the Group across the 
segment. The Group audit team performed all the work necessary to 
issue the Group and Parent Company audit opinions.

 – the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;

 – the Parent Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Empiric Student Property 
plc (the “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the 
year ended 31 December 2021 which comprise the Group Statement 
of Comprehensive Income, the Group Statement of Financial Position, 
the Company Statement of Financial Position, the Group Statement of 
Changes in Equity, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity, the 
Group Statement of Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is 
applicable law and UK adopted international accounting standards 
and as regards the Parent Company financial statements, as applied in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Independence
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we 
were appointed by the Board of Directors on 4 August 2015 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 30 June 2015 and subsequent 
financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
including retenders and reappointments is eight years, covering the 
financial years ending 30 June 2015 to 31 December 2021. We remain 
independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit 
services prohibited by that standard were not provided to the Group or 
the Parent Company. 

conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. We considered 
the ability of the Group and the Parent Company to continue as a going 
concern to be a key audit matter based on our assessment of the 
significance of the risk and the effect on our audit strategy and this is 
reported in the key audit matters section of this report below.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any 
material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually 
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

082

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

independent Auditor’s report to the  
members of Empiric Student property plc continued
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of investment property
Refer to Note 1.5 (Accounting Policies) and 
Note 13 (Investment Property).

The Group’s investment property portfolio 
includes:
 – Operational assets: these are existing 
properties that are currently let or 
available to let. 

 – Development assets: these are 

properties being built. Such assets have 
a different risk and investment profile to 
the standing assets.

The valuation of investment property 
requires significant judgement and 
estimates by the Directors and the 
independent valuer (“the Valuer”) and 
is therefore considered a significant risk 
due to the subjective nature of certain 
assumptions inherent in each valuation.

Any input inaccuracies or unreasonable 
bases used in the valuation judgements 
(such as capitalisation yields, future lease 
income, future capital expenditure, and in 
the case of properties under construction 
costs to complete) could result in a material 
misstatement of the financial statements.

There is also a risk that the Directors may 
influence the significant judgements and 
estimates in respect of property valuations 
in order to achieve property valuation and 
other performance targets to meet market 
expectations.

Going concern
Refer to Note 1.4 (Accounting Policies).

We considered the ability of the Group and 
the Parent Company to continue as a going 
concern to be a key audit matter based on 
our assessment of the significance of the 
risk and the effect on our audit strategy. 

There is a risk that any potential breaches 
in future covenant compliance may result in 
the bank loans being called due. 

We met with the Group’s external valuer, who valued all of the Group’s investment properties 
(including those under development), to understand the assumptions and methodologies used 
in valuing these properties, the market evidence supporting the valuation assumptions and the 
valuation movements in the year. 

We assessed the competency, independence and objectivity of the external valuer, which included 
making enquiries regarding interests and relationships that may have created a threat to the valuer’s 
objectivity. 

We used our knowledge and experience to evaluate and challenge the valuation assumptions, 
methodologies and the inputs used. This included establishing our own range of expectations for 
the valuation of investment property based on externally available metrics and wider economic 
and commercial factors. We assessed the valuation for each of the investment properties against 
our own expectation and challenged the external valuer in respect of those properties where 
the valuations fell outside of our range of expectation through discussion and inspection of 
corroborating information to determine the appropriate valuation. 

We checked the data provided to the valuer by the Group was consistent with the data we had 
audited. This data included inputs such as current rent and lease terms, which we have agreed on a 
sample basis to executed lease agreements as part of our audit work. 

We reviewed management’s assessment of the future capital expenditure including fire 
safety works. We obtained a copy of a report detailing the expected works that management 
commissioned from an external expert, checked that it agreed to management’s estimate and 
assessed the competency, independence and objectivity of the external expert. 

For properties under development we agreed a sample of the costs incurred to date to supporting 
documentation and tested the forecasted costs to complete to supporting documentation, including 
budgeted development spend and development contract agreements. 

We assessed whether the disclosures in the financial statements are appropriate and in accordance 
with relevant accounting standards.

Key observations:
Based on the procedures we performed, we considered the assumptions and methodologies used 
to value the Group’s investment portfolio to be appropriate and that the disclosures in the financial 
statements are appropriate and in accordance with relevant accounting standards.

We assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s cash flow forecasts in the context of the Group’s 
31 December 2021 financial position and the expected student occupancies and compared the 
Directors’ downside sensitivities against results achieved in the current and previous years along 
with letting levels obtained for the next student year. 

We have considered the potential effects of the continuing COVID pandemic, including further 
lockdowns and restrictions, as part of the downside sensitivity scenarios. 

We evaluated the key assumptions in these forecasts and considered whether these appear 
reasonable, for example by comparing rental revenue to expected student occupancy.

We assessed the appropriateness of the forecasted student occupancy against our own 
expectations given available third party evidence.

We obtained the Directors’ views on their ability to cure potential covenant breaches, through 
either partial loan repayments or pledging unencumbered assets, and the Directors’ views on and 
evidence of the continued support of their lenders.

The Group has a two facilities that fall due for repayment in the going concern period as disclosed in 
Note 18. One facility was extended post period end from 17 November 2022 to 17 November 2025, 
which we agreed to the executed facility agreement. For the second facility we considered the 
ability of the Company to refinance with their recent track record of refinancing loans and availability 
of finance in the market place.

We compared the overhead to previous years and considered the nature of spend and challenged 
management as to what they considered discretionary.

We reviewed the disclosures relating to the going concern basis of preparation and considered 
whether these were consistent with the Directors’ going concern assessment.

Key observations:
Our conclusions are reported in the Conclusions relating to going concern section of our report.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

083083

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider materiality 
to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on 
the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, 
performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated 
as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when 
evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

2021 
£m

2020 
£m

2021 
£m

2020 
£m

materiality

£10,700,000

£10,550,000

£9,630,000

£9,495,000

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

rationale for 
the benchmark 
applied

performance 
materiality

Basis for 
determining 
performance 
materiality

1% of Group total assets.

90% of Group materiality.

We determined that Group total assets would be the most 
appropriate basis for determining overall materiality as we 
consider this to be one of the principal considerations for 
users of the financial statements in assessing the financial 
performance of the Group.

Capped at 90% of Group materiality given the assessment of 
the components aggregation risk.

£8,025,000

£7,900,000

£7,220,000

£7,100,000

75% of materiality - in determining performance materiality 
we have considered the following factors:
 – Our risk assessment, including our assessment of the 

75% of materiality - in determining performance materiality we 
have considered the following factors:
 – Our risk assessment, including our assessment of the 

Group’s overall control environment; and

Group’s overall control environment; and

 – Our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a 

 – Our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a 

low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements 
identified in prior periods and Management’s willingness 
to investigate and correct these.

low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements 
identified in prior periods and Management’s willingness  
to investigate and correct these.

Specific materiality
We also determined that for other classes of transactions and account balances not related to investment properties, a misstatement of less than 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole, specific materiality, could influence the economic decisions of users. As a result, we determined 
that specific materiality for the measurement of these items based on 5% of three-year average of European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) 
earnings being £810,000 (2020: 5% of three-year average EPRA earnings being £950,000). EPRA earnings excludes the impact of the net surplus 
on revaluation of investment properties and profit on disposal of investment properties. We further applied a performance materiality level of 75% 
(2020: 75%) of specific materiality to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding specific materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £214,000 (2020: £211,000), 
and for amounts impacting EPRA earnings in excess of £41,000 (2020: £48,000). We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in 
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report and 
Accounts other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial 
statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our 
review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement 
is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

084

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

independent Auditor’s report to the  
members of Empiric Student property plc continued

Going concern and longer-term 
viability

 – The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of 

accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on page 49; and

 – The Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 49.

other code provisions

 – Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 80; 

 – Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on 

page 48; 

 – The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal 

control systems set out on page 62; and

 – The section describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee set out on page 64.

other companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the Companies Act 2006 
and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below. 

Strategic report and 
directors’ report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
 – the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the 

financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 – the Strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 

requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic report or the Directors’ 
report.

directors’ remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit 

have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

 – the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited are 

not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

 – certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

085085

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:
 – Agreement of the financial statement disclosures to underlying 

supporting documentation to assess compliance with those laws and 
regulations having an impact on the financial statements;

 – Enquiries of management and the Audit and Risk Committee as to 

their identification of any non-compliance with laws or regulations, or 
any actual or potential claims;

 – Review of minutes of Board meetings throughout the period;
 – Obtaining an understanding of the control environment in monitoring 

compliance with laws and regulations and performing our own 
checks of compliance with relevant requirements, including the 
Companies Act 2006, the UK Listing Rules and the REIT tax regime 
requirements;

 – In relation to the risk of management override of internal controls, by 
undertaking procedures to review journal entries processed during 
and subsequent to the year end and evaluating whether there was 
evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due 
to fraud; 

 – We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements 
to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by 
considering the key risks impacting the financial statements. 
We identified specific fraud risks with respect to the valuation of 
investment property, which have been included as a key audit 
matter and our audit response is set out in that section of our 
audit report. We also identified specific fraud risks with respect to 
revenue recognition through management override to reflect higher 
occupancy and increase property valuations; and

 – We communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and 

potential fraud risks to all engagement team members and remained 
alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk of 
not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the 
risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or 
through collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have 
formed.

thomas Edward Goodworth (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London, UK
2 March 2022

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and 
Wales (with registered number OC305127).

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

086

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

Group Statement of comprehensive income

continuing operations
Revenue
Property expenses

Net rental income
Administrative expenses
Change in fair value of investment property

Operating profit/(loss)
Finance cost
Finance income

Net finance costs
Gain on disposal of investment property

Profit/(loss) before income tax
Corporation tax

Profit/(loss) for the year and total comprehensive income/(loss) 

Earnings/(loss) per share expressed in pence per share 
Basic
Diluted
Gross margin

Note

2
3

4
13

5

7

8

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
 £’000

Year ended  
31 December
2020 
£’000

 55,967 
(23,061) 

 32,906
(10,547) 
 17,567 

39,926 
(12,382) 
1 

(12,381)
1,652 

59,444 
(22,651) 

36,793
(9,841) 
(37,603) 

(10,651) 
(13,341) 

22

(13,319)
–

29,197

(23,970) 

–

–

29,197 

(23,970) 

4.84 
4.84 
58.8%

(3.97) 
(3.97) 
61.9%

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

087087

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Group Statement of Financial position

ASSEtS
non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Right of use asset
Investment property – Operational Assets
Investment property – Development Assets

total non-current assets

current assets
Trade and other receivables
Assets classified as held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents

total current assets

total assets

liABilitiES
current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Lease liability
Deferred income

total current liabilities

non-current liabilities
Borrowings
Lease liability

total non-current liabilities

total liabilities

total net assets

Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium
Capital reduction reserve
Retained earnings

total equity

total equity and liabilities

net Asset Value per share basic (pence)
net Asset Value per share diluted (pence)
EprA ntA per share (pence)

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

lynne Fennah
Director

At  
31 December
2021 
£’000

At  
31 December
2020
£’000

Note

11
12

13
13

14
15
16

17
18

17

18

19
20
21

9
9
9

 426 
 1,318 
 1,010 
 967,194 
 28,692 

135 
1,054 
–
981,369 
23,751 

 998,640 

1,006,309

 7,839 
 25,870 
 37,127 

14,510
-
33,927

 70,836 

48,437 

1,069,476 

1,054,746 

 19,990 
 44,712 
 107 
 29,862 

15,527
–
–
20,676

 94,671 

36,203

 326,244 
 963 

385,266 
–

 327,207

385,266 

 421,878 

421,469 

647,598 

633,277

 6,032 
 295 
459,958 
181,313 

 6,032 
 257 
 475,038 
 151,950 

647,598

633,277

1,069,476 

1,054,746

107.36 
106.75 
107.36 

 105.00 
 104.60 
 104.80 

 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

088

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

company Statement of Financial position

At  
31 December
2021 
£’000

At  
31 December
2020
£’000

Note

11
12

30

14
14
16

17
17

18

19
20
21

 338 
 1,318 
 1,010 
 187,598 

 56 
 968 
–
 187,598 

 190,264 

188,622

 311 
 369,048 
 1,977 

 353 
 350,578 
 24,775 

 371,336 

375,706

 561,600 

 564,328 

 5,047 
 27,177 
107 

 2,918 
9,548
 – 

 32,331 

12,466

19,980
 963 

19,961
–

 20,943 

 19,961 

 53,274 

32,427

 508,326 

531,901

 6,032 
 295 
 459,958 
 42,041 

6,032
257
 475,038 
 50,574 

 508,326 

531,901

ASSEtS
Fixed assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Right of use asset
Investments in subsidiaries

Total fixed assets

current assets
Trade and other receivables
Amounts due from Group undertakings
Cash and cash equivalents

total current assets

total assets

crEditorS
current creditors
Trade and other payables
Amounts due to Group undertakings
Lease liability

total non-current creditors

non-current creditors
Borrowings
Lease liability

total non-current creditors

total creditors

total net assets

capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Capital reduction reserve
Retained earnings

total capital and reserves

The Company made a loss for the year of £8,699,000 (2020: £46,198,000 profit).

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 2 March 2022 and signed on its behalf by:

lynne Fennah
Director

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

089089

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Group Statement of changes in Equity

year ended 31 december 2021

Balance at 1 January 2021
changes in equity
Profit for the year

total comprehensive income for the year

Share-based payments
Share options exercised
Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Balance at 31 december 2021

year ended 31 december 2020
Balance at 1 January 2020
changes in equity
Loss for the year

total comprehensive income for the year

Share-based payments
Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Called up
share capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Capital
reduction 
reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

6,032

257

475,038

151,950

633,277

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
38
–

38

–

–

29,197

29,197

–
–
(15,080)

(15,080)

204
(38)
–

166

29,197

29,197

204
–
(15,080)

(14,876)

6,032

295

459,958

181,313

647,598

6,032

257

482,578

175,891

664,758

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

(23,970)

(23,970)

(23,970)

(23,970)

–
(7,540)

(7,540)

29
–

29

29
(7,540)

(7,511)

Balance at 31 december 2020

6,032

257

475,038

151,950

633,277

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

090

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

company Statement of changes in Equity

year ended 31 december 2021

Balance at 1 January 2021
changes in equity
Loss for the year

total comprehensive loss for the year

Share-based payments
Share options exercised 
Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Balance at 31 december 2021

year ended 31 december 2020
Balance at 1 January 2020
changes in equity
Profit for the year

total comprehensive loss for the year

Share-based payments
Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Called up
share capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Capital
reduction 
reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

6,032

257

475,038

50,574

531,901

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

–
38
–

38

–

–

(8,699) 

(8,699) 

(8,699) 

(8,699) 

–
–
(15,080)

(15,080)

204
(38)
–

166

204
–
(15,080)

(14,876)

6,032

295

459,958

42,041

508,326

6,032

257

482,578

4,347

493,214

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

46,198

46,198

46,198

46,198

–
(7,540)

(7,540)

29
–

29

29
(7,540)

(7,511)

Balance at 31 december 2020

6,032

257

475,038

50,574

531,901

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

091091

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Group Statement of cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit/(loss) before income tax
Share-based payments
Depreciation and amortisation
Finance income
Finance costs
Intangible asset impairment
Gain on disposal of investment property
Change in fair value of investment property

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Increase/(decrease) in deferred rental income

Net cash flows generated from operations

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of tangible fixed assets
Purchases of intangible assets
Purchase of investment property
Interest received
Proceeds on disposal of investment property, net of selling costs

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
Bank borrowings drawn
Bank borrowings repaid
Loan arrangement fee paid
Finance cost (excluding fair value loss on derivatives)

Net cash flows from financing activities

Increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended 
31 December
2021 
 £’000

Year ended  
31 December
2020 
£’000

 29,197
 204 
 457 
(1) 
 12,382 
– 
(1,652)
(17,567) 

(23,970)
29
326
(22)
13,341
898
– 
37,603

 23,020 

28,205

 6,670 
 3,532 
 9,186 

(3,971)
1,653
(8,528)

 19,388 

(10,846)

 42,408 

17,359

(427) 
(537) 
(15,701) 
 1 
 17,982 

(72)
(370)
(14,258)
22
–

 1,318 

(14,678)

(13,589) 
– 
(15,000) 
(168) 
(11,769) 

(7,540)
77,800
(42,800)
(1,009)
(11,722)

(40,526) 

14,729

 3,200 
 33,927 

 37,127 

17,410
16,517

33,927

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

092

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

notes to the Financial Statements

1. AccountinG policiES
1.1 Period of Account
The consolidated financial statements of the Group are in respect of the reporting period from 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2021.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021 comprise the results of Empiric Student Property plc 
(the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and were approved by the Board for issue on 2 March 2022. The Company is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary shares are admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority, a 
division of the Financial Conduct Authority, and traded on the London Stock Exchange. The registered address of the Company is disclosed in the 
Company information.

1.2 Basis of Preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year to 31 December 2021 comprise the results of Empiric Student Property plc (the 
“Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Group”). The Group and Parent Company financial statements have been prepared on a going 
concern basis. The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. The Parent 
Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with FRS 101, Financial Reporting Standards Reduced Disclosure Framework. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for investment property and derivative financial instruments 
which have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling which is also the Company and the Group’s 
functional currency.

The Company has applied the exemption allowed under section 408(1b) of the Companies Act 2006 and has therefore not presented its own 
Statement of Comprehensive Income in these financial statements. The Group profit for the year includes a loss after taxation of £8,699,000 
(2020: Profit of £46,198,000) for the Company, which is reflected in the financial statements of the Company.

1.3 Disclosure Exemptions Adopted
In preparing the financial statements of the Parent Company, advantage has been taken of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101.  
The Parent Company financial statements do not include:
 – certain comparative information as otherwise required by international accounting standards;
 – a statement of cash flows;
 – the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted; and
 – disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned members of the Group headed by Empiric Student Property plc. 

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures are included in the 
consolidated financial statements of Empiric Student Property plc. The Parent Company financial statements do not include certain disclosures in 
respect of:
 – Financial instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value); and
 – Fair value measurement (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value). 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and does not present its own profit 
and loss account in these financial statements.

1.4 Going Concern
The COVID-19 pandemic has created global economic uncertainty, and in particular an uncertainty around income for the upcoming 2022/23 
academic year. Accordingly, the Group has prepared projections to 30 September 2023 and conducted a detailed going concern review and 
considered its liquidity position and banking covenant compliance strength. 

As at 31 December 2021 the Group had £37 million in cash and £45 million of undrawn investment debt facilities. During the going concern period 
we have two facilities due for refinancing, one for £90 million with Lloyd’s due to expire in November 2022 and one with FCB for £20 million due in 
March 2023. Subsequent to the year end the Group signed an agreement to extend its Lloyd’s RCF out to November 2025. This means the Group is 
well funded and has no refinancing requirements until March 2023 where we intend to extend the £20 million facility.

The Group’s debt facilities include covenants in respect of LTV and interest cover, both projected and historic, and all debt facilities are ring fenced 
with each specific lender. The Group maintains regular dialogue with all of its lenders as part of the ordinary course of business; however, during the 
pandemic we have increased the frequency of this dialogue. As part of these discussions with our lenders we have had conversations specifically 
around the interest cover covenants to ensure we either temporarily restructure these or gain the relevant waivers from the banks to ensure that no 
issues arise. To date all of our banks have been supportive during this period and have expressed commitment to the long-term relationship they 
wish to build with Empiric. 

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

093093

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Management has evaluated a number of scenarios in its going concern model. The critical assumption is the revenue occupancy for the 2022/23 
academic year. Upside, central and downside stress cases have been constructed showing 2022/23 academic year occupancy of between 65% 
and 90%. 

Scenario 

Scenario 1 – Upside Scenario
Scenario 2 – Central Scenario
Scenario 3 – Downside Stress Scenario

Revenue occupancy  
for 2021/22 
academic year

Revenue occupancy  
for 2022/23 
academic year

84%
84%
84%

90%
85%
65%

The Group continues to maintain covenant compliance for its LTV thresholds throughout the going concern assessment period. Property values 
would have to fall by more than 18% from December 2021 valuations before LTV covenants are breached. 

In Scenario 1 and 2 above the Group continues to maintain covenant compliance for all its interest cover covenants. It maintains adequate levels 
of liquidity throughout. In addition, no assumption is made as to the level of additional cost-cutting measures or mitigating actions which could 
potentially be undertaken.

In Scenario 3, under our Downside Stress Scenario, we would not meet projected interest cover covenants at the 31 March 2022 measurement date 
for one lender. We would also have further breaches on two other facilities in the going concern period. The Group has cure rights under the lending 
agreements; however, the Group would need to raise an additional £22 million in cash to have sufficient cash headroom to cure this ICR breach. The 
Board considers this scenario as extremely unlikely and that it is a severe downside scenario.

As at 2 March 2022 booking levels for the upcoming 2022/23 academic year are currently at 36%; this compared to 20% for the 2021/22 academic 
year as at 16 March 2021. As such the Board is expecting that Scenario 1 is the most likely scenario at this time.

To support the Directors’ going concern assessment, the management also evaluated the occupancy level at which all ICR covenant tests were 
breached and, additionally, the impact of a “Reverse Stress Test” which was performed to determine the level of revenue occupancy for the 
2022/23 academic year at which the Group would need to seek alternative sources of funding. For this modelling we kept revenue occupancy for 
the 2021/22 academic year at 84%. 

The Directors noted that if occupancy falls below 45% then the Group would be in breach of all ICR covenants, and at 47% revenue occupancy for 
the 2022/23 academic year (18% lower revenue occupancy than our Downside Stress Scenario) the Group would need to seek alternative sources 
of funding.

Having reviewed and considered the three modelled scenarios, the 2022/23 academic year occupancy level at which ICR covenants would be 
breached and the level at which alternative sources of funding would be required, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources 
in place for at least 12 months from the date of these results and have therefore adopted the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
annual financial statements.

1.5 Significant Accounting Judgements, Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the reporting date. However, uncertainty about 
these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected 
in future periods.

Estimates
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following estimates, which have the most significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

(a) Fair Valuation of Investment Property
The market value of investment property is determined, by an independent external real estate valuation expert, to be the estimated amount for 
which a property should exchange on the date of the valuation in an arm’s length transaction. Properties have been valued on an individual basis. 
The valuation experts use recognised valuation techniques and the principles of IFRS 13.

The valuations have been prepared in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Professional Standards January 2014 (the “Red Book”). Factors 
reflected include current market conditions, annual rentals, lease lengths and location. The significant methods and assumptions used by valuers in 
estimating the fair value of investment property are set out in Note 13.

For properties under development, the fair value is calculated by estimating the fair value of the completed property using the income capitalisation 
technique less estimated costs to completion and an appropriate developer’s margin.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

094

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

1. AccountinG policiES continued
Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

(b) Operating Lease Contracts – the Group as Lessor
The Group has investment properties which have various categories of leases in place with tenants. The judgements by lease type are detailed 
below:
 – Student leases: As these leases all have a term of less than one year, the Group retains all the significant risks and rewards of ownership of these 

properties and so accounts for the leases as operating leases.

 – Nominations and Commercial leases: The Group has determined, based on an evaluation of the terms and conditions of the arrangements, 
particularly the lease terms, insurance requirements and minimum lease payments, that it retains all the significant risks and rewards of 
ownership of these properties and so accounts for the leases as operating leases.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2021. Subsidiaries 
are those investee entities where control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the 
investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, it has:
(a)  power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);
(b)  exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
(c) 

the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in 
assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
(a)  the contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee;
(b)  rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and
the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.
(c) 

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three 
elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses 
control of the subsidiary.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company, using consistent accounting 
policies. All intra-Group balances, transactions and unrealised gains and losses resulting from intra-Group transactions are eliminated in full.

Financial Assets
The Group classifies its financial assets into one of the categories discussed below, depending on the purpose for which the asset was acquired. 
Other than financial assets in a qualifying hedging relationship, the Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:

Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
This category comprises only in-the-money derivatives (see the “Financial liabilities” section of out-of-money derivatives). They are carried in the 
Statement of Financial Position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the finance income 
or expense line. Other than derivative financial instruments which are not designated as hedging instruments, the Group does not have any assets 
held for trading nor does it voluntarily classify any financial assets as being at fair value through profit or loss.

Amortised Cost
These assets are primarily from the provision of goods and services to customers (e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other types of 
financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual cash flows are solely 
payments of principal and interest. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition or 
issue and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions for trade receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach within IFRS 9 using the lifetime expected credit 
losses. During this process the probability of the non-payment of the trade receivable is assessed. This probability is then multiplied by the amount 
of the expected loss arising from default to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the trade receivables. For trade receivables, which are 
reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate provision account with the loss being recognised within cost of sales in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against 
the associated provision.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

095095

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Impairment provisions for intercompany receivables are recognised based on a forward-looking expected credit loss model. The methodology 
used to determine the amount of the provision is based on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the 
financial asset. For those where the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition of the financial asset, 12-month expected credit 
losses against gross interest income are recognised. For those where the credit risk has increased significantly, lifetime expected credit losses 
along with the gross interest income are recognised. For those that are determined to be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses along with 
interest income on a net basis are recognised.

From time to time, the Group elects to renegotiate the terms of trade receivables due from customers with which it has previously had a good 
trading history. Such renegotiations will lead to changes in the timing of payments rather than changes to the amounts owed and, in consequence, 
the new expected cash flows are discounted at the original effective interest rate and any resulting difference to the carrying value is recognised in 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income (operating profit).

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of 
Financial Position.

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities 
of three months or less, and – for the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows – bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within loans and 
borrowings in current liabilities on the Statement of Financial Position.

Financial Liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability was acquired.

Other than financial liabilities in a qualifying hedging relationship (see below), the Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:

Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
This category comprises only out-of-the-money derivatives (see “Financial assets” for in-the-money derivatives). They are carried in the Statement 
of Financial Position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group does not hold or 
issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes, but for hedging purposes. Other than these derivative financial instruments, the 
Group does not have any liabilities held for trading nor has it designated any financial liabilities as being at fair value through profit or loss.

Other Financial Liabilities
Other financial liabilities include the following items:
 – Bank borrowing is initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-

bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures that any interest expense 
over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the liability carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. For 
the purposes of each financial liability, interest expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium payable on redemption, as well as any 
interest or coupon payable whilst the liability is outstanding. 

 – Trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost 

using the effective interest method. 

Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are initially recognised at cost and then subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Amortisation has been charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over either five or ten years 
depending on the nature of the asset’s useful life.

Investment Property
Investment property comprises property that is held to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both, and property under development rather than 
for sale in the ordinary course of business or for use in production or administrative functions.

Investment property is measured initially at cost including transaction costs and is included in the financial statements on unconditional exchange. 
Transaction costs include transfer taxes, professional fees and initial leasing commissions to bring the property to the condition necessary for it to 
be capable of operating.

Once purchased, investment property is stated at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair values are included in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they arise.

Investment property is derecognised when it has been disposed of, or permanently withdrawn from use, and no future economic benefit is 
expected from its disposal. The investment property is derecognised upon unconditional exchange. The difference between the net disposal 
proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset would result in either gains or losses at the retirement or disposal of investment property. Any gains 
or losses are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period of retirement or disposal.

Property, Plant and Equipment 
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure which is directly attributable to 
the acquisition of the asset.

Depreciation has been charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on the following basis:
 15% per annum on a reducing balance basis; and 
 – Fixtures and fittings: 
 straight-line basis over three years. 
 – Computer equipment: 

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

096

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

1. AccountinG policiES continued
Rental Income
The Group is the lessor in respect of operating leases. Rental income arising from operating leases on investment property is accounted for on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in gross rental income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income due to its 
operating nature.

Tenant lease incentives are recognised as a reduction of rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term is the 
non-cancellable period of the lease together with any further term for which the tenant has the option to continue the lease, where, at the inception 
of the lease, the Directors are reasonably certain that the tenant will exercise that option.

Amounts received from tenants to terminate leases or to compensate for dilapidations are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income when the right to receive them arises.

Where a student requested a rent refund and they met the criteria set out, including leaving the property, the Group recognised no further income in 
relation to that let, reduced cash with the cash amount refunded, wrote off any deferred income in relation to the refund and any difference between 
cash and deferred income was debited or credited to revenue in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Segmental Information
The Directors are of the opinion that the Group is engaged in a single segment business, being the investment in student and commercial lettings, 
within the United Kingdom.

Share-based Payments
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity 
instruments expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the 
number of options that eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. 
So long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured immediately before 
and after the modification, is also charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the remaining vesting period. National 
Insurance obligations with respect to equity-settled share-based payments awards are accrued over the vesting period.

Share Capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. External costs directly attributable to the issuance of shares are recognised as a deduction from equity.

Taxation
As the Group is a UK REIT, profits arising in respect of the property rental business are not subject to UK corporation tax.

Taxation in respect of profits and losses outside of the property rental business comprises current and deferred taxes. Taxation is recognised in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised as a direct movement in equity, in which 
case it is also recognised as a direct movement in equity.

Current tax is the total of the expected corporation tax payable in respect of any non-REIT taxable income for the year and any adjustment in 
respect of previous periods, based on tax rates applicable to the periods.

Deferred tax is calculated in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and their tax bases, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised in full (except to the extent that they relate to the initial recognition of assets and liabilities not acquired in a 
business combination). Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is considered probable that the Group will obtain a tax benefit 
when the underlying temporary differences unwind.

1.6 Impact of New Accounting Standards and Changes in Accounting Policies
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following accounting standards had been issued which are not yet applicable to 
the Group:
 – IAS 1/8 Definition of Materiality Amendment
 – IFRS 3 Definition of a Business
 – IBOR Reform Phase 1
 – IFRS 16 Amendment for Rent Concessions

The above standards or interpretations not yet effective are expected to have a material impact on these condensed consolidated
financial statements of the Group.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

097097

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

2. REVENUE

Student rental income
Student rental refunds
Commercial rental income
Other income

total revenue

3. PROPERTY EXPENSES

Direct site costs
Technology services
Site office and utilities
Cleaning and service contracts
Repairs and maintenance

total property expenses

4. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Salaries and Directors’ remuneration
Legal and professional fees
Other administrative costs
IT expenses

Auditor’s fees

Fees payable for the audit of the Group’s annual accounts
Fees payable for the review of the Group’s interim accounts
Fees payable for the audit of the Group’s subsidiaries

total auditor’s fees

Abortive acquisition costs

total administrative expenses

5. NET FINANCE COST

Finance costs
Interest expense on bank borrowings
Amortisation of loan transaction costs

Finance income
Interest received on bank deposits

Net finance cost

Group

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000

 55,977 
(1,805) 
 1,475 
 320 

 55,967

Group

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000

 7,006 
 672 
 10,428 
 2,989 
 1,966 

 23,061

Group

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000

 5,278 
 2,218 
 1,979 
 522 

9,997

224
44
150

418

 132

10,547

Group

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
£’000

 11,567 
 815 

 12,382 

 1 

1

 12,381

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

 64,218 
(6,539) 
 1,765 
–

59,444

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

7,575 
 671 
9,371
 2,922 
 2,112 

22,651

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

 4,655
 1,976 
 2,453 
 326 

9,410

210
40
136

386

45

9,841

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£’000

 11,838 
 1,503 

 13,341 

 22 

22

13,319

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

098

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

6. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

Wages and salaries
Pension costs
Cash bonus
Share-based payments
National insurance

Less: Hello Student® amounts included in property expenses

Amounts included in administrative expenses

The average monthly number of employees of the Group during the year was as follows:
Management
Administration – ESP
Operations – Hello Student®

directors’ remuneration

Salaries and fees
Pension costs
Cash bonus
Payment in lieu of notice
Share-based payments

Group

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

 8,766 
 350 
 150 
 204 
 914 

 10,384 

(5,106)

 5,278 

 8 
 49 
 238 

 295 

8,021
295
–
29
725

9,070

(4,415)

4,655

5
44
316

365

Group

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

 993 
 77 
 54 
– 
204 

928
86
–
351
29

 1,328 

1,394

A summary of the Directors’ emoluments, including the disclosures required by the Companies Act 2006 is set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report.

7. CORPORATION TAX
The Group became a REIT on 1 July 2014 and, as a result, does not pay UK corporation tax on its profits and gains from its qualifying property rental 
business in the UK provided it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group continue to be subject to corporation tax 
as normal.

In order to achieve and retain REIT status, several conditions have to be met on entry to the regime and on an ongoing basis, including:
 – at the start of each accounting period, the assets of the property rental business (plus any cash and certain readily realisable investments) must 

be at least 75% of the total value of the Group’s assets; 

 – at least 75% of the Group’s total profits must arise from the tax-exempt property rental business; and 
 – at least 90% of the tax exempt profit of the property rental business (excluding gains) of the accounting period must be distributed. 

In addition, the full UK corporation tax exemption in respect of the profits of the property rental business will not be available if the profit financing 
cost ratio in respect of the property rental business is less than 1.25.

The Group met all of the relevant REIT conditions for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

099099

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

The Directors intend that the Group should continue as a REIT for the foreseeable future, with the result that deferred tax is not required to be 
recognised in respect of temporary differences relating to the property rental business.

current tax
Income tax charge/(credit) for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior year

total current income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

deferred tax
Total deferred income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

total current income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

The tax assessed for the year is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the year
Profit for the year

Profit before tax multiplied by the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2020: 19%)
Exempt property rental profits in the year
Exempt property revaluations in the year
Effects of:
Non-allowable expenses
Capital allowances
Gain on disposal not taxable
Unutilised current year tax losses

total current income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

Group

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

29,197

(23,970)

5,547
(4,160)
(3,338)

121
(1,066)
314
2,582

(4,554)
(2,042)
7,144

70
(1,006)
–
388

–

–

A deferred tax asset in respect of the tax losses generated by the residual (non-tax exempt) business of the Group of £2,581,000 (31 December 
2020: £388,000) will be recognised to the extent that their utilisation is probable. On the basis that the residual business is not expected to 
generate taxable profits in future periods against which the losses will be applied, a deferred tax asset of £5,160,000 (2020: £3,027,000) has not 
been recognised in respect of such losses.

8. EARNINGS PER SHARE 
The ordinary number of shares is based on the time-weighted average number of shares throughout the year.

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares adjusted to assume the conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

EPRA EPS, reported on the basis recommended for real estate companies by EPRA, is a key measure of the Group’s operating results.

Adjusted earnings is a performance measure used by the Board to assess the Group’s dividend payments. Licence fees, development rebates and 
rental guarantees are added to EPRA earnings on the basis noted below as the Board sees these cash flows as supportive of dividend payments.
 – The adjustment for licence fee receivable is calculated by reference to the fraction of the total period of completed construction during the 

period, multiplied by the total licence fee receivable on a given forward-funded asset. 

 – The development rebate is due from developers in relation to late completion on forward-funded agreements as stipulated in development 

agreements. 

 – The discounts on acquisition are in respect of the vendor guaranteeing a rental shortfall for the first year of operation as stipulated in the sale 

and purchase agreement. 

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

100

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

8. EARNINGS PER SHARE continued
Reconciliations are set out below:

year to 31 december 2021
Earnings per IFRS statement of comprehensive income
Adjustments to remove:
Gain/loss on disposal of investment property
Changes in fair value of investment properties (Note 13)

Earnings/Adjusted Earnings

Weighted average number of shares (’000)
Adjustment for employee share options (’000)

total number shares (’000)

per-share amount (pence) 

year to 31 december 2020
Earnings
Adjustment to include discounts on acquisition due to rental guarantees in the year
Adjustments to remove:
Changes in fair value of investment properties (Note 13)

Earnings/Adjusted Earnings

Weighted average number of shares (’000)
Adjustment for employee share options (’000)

total number shares (’000)

per-share amount (pence)

Calculation 
of basic 
EPS 
£’000

Calculation 
of diluted 
EPS 
£’000

Calculation 
of EPRA 
basic EPS 
£’000

Calculation  
of EPRA 
diluted EPS 
£’000

Calculation 
of adjusted 
EPS 
£’000

 29,197 

29,197 

29,197 

29,197 

29,197 

–
–

–
–

(1,652) 
(17,573) 

(1,652) 
(17,573) 

(1,652) 
(17,573) 

29,197

29,197

 9,972 

 9,972 

 9,972 

603,185
–

603,185
254

603,185
–

603,185
254

603,185
–

603,185

603,439

603,185

604,439

603,185

4.84

4.84

1.65

1.65

1.65

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
221

–

–

37,603

(23,970)

(23,970)

13,633

603,161
–

603,161
–1

603,161
–

37,603

13,633

603,161
551

37,603

13,854

603,161
–

603,161

603,161

603,161

603,712

603,161

(3.97)

(3.97)

2.26

2.26

2.30

1  Due to the Group making a loss in the year, under IAS 33 the share options become antidilutive and thus are excluded from the above calculation.

9. NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
The principles of the three measures per EPRA are below:

EPRA Net Reinstatement Value: Assumes that entities never sell assets and aims to represent the value required to rebuild the entity. 

EPRA Net Tangible Assets: Assumes that entities buy and sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable deferred tax. 

EPRA Net Disposal Value: Represents the shareholders’ value under a disposal scenario, where deferred tax, financial instruments and certain other 
adjustments are calculated to the full extent of their liability, net of any resulting tax. As the Group is a REIT, no adjustment is made for deferred tax.

Notes to the Financial Statements continued 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

101101

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

The Group considers NAV to be the most relevant measure of the NAV measures and we expect this to be our primary NAV measure going forward. 

A reconciliation of the three EPRA NAV metrics from IFRS NAV is shown in the table below. 

year ended 31 december 2021

Net assets per Statement of Financial Position
Adjustments
Fair value of fixed rate debt
Purchaser’s costs1

net assets used in per share calculation

number of shares in issue

Issued share capital (’000)
Issued share capital plus employee options (’000)

net Asset Value per share

Basic Net Asset Value per share
Diluted Net Asset Value per share

year ended 31 december 2020

Net assets per Statement of Financial Position
Adjustments
Fair value of fixed rate debt
Purchaser’s costs1

net assets used in per share calculation

number of shares in issue

Issued share capital (’000)
Issued share capital plus employee options (’000)

net Asset Value per share

Basic Net Asset Value per share
Diluted Net Asset Value per share

NAV

EPRA NAV measures

IFRS
£’000

EPRA  
NRV
£’000

EPRA  
NTA 
£’000

EPRA  
NDV
£’000

647,598

647,598

647,598

647,598

– 
– 

–
 34,168 

–
–

(14,333) 

–

647,598

681,766

647,598

633,265

603,203
606,649

603,203
606,649

603,203
606,649

603,203
606,649

£

£

£

£

 1.074 
 1.068 

 1.130 
 1.124 

 1.074 
 1.068 

 1.050 
 1.044 

NAV

EPRA NAV measures

IFRS
£’000

EPRA  
NRV
£’000

EPRA  
NTA 
£’000

EPRA  
NDV
£’000

633,278

633,278

633,278

633,278

–
–

–
 32,830 

–
–

(30,545) 

–

633,278

666,108

633,278

602,733

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

£

 1.050 
 1.046 

£

 1.104 
 1.100 

£

£

 1.050 
 1.046 

 0.999 
 0.995 

1 

 EPRA NTA and EPRA NDV reflect IFRS values which are net of purchaser’s costs. Any purchaser’s costs deducted from the market value are added back when calculating 
EPRA NRV.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

102

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

10. DIVIDENDS PAID

Interim dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 31 December 2020
Interim dividend of 2.50 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 30 September 2021

Group and Company

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

–
15,080

15,080

7,540
–

7,540

As at 31 December 2021 an accrual of £1,491,000 was being held relating to withholding tax on the 2021 dividend (31 December 2020: nil)
On 23 February 2022 the Company declared a 0.625 pence dividend to be paid on 25 March 2022.

11. PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

year ended 31 december 2021

costs
As at 1 January 2021
Additions

As at 31 december 2021

depreciation
As at 1 January 2021
Charge for the year

As at 31 december 2021

net book value
As at 31 december 2021

year ended 31 december 2020

costs
As at 1 January 2020
Additions

As at 31 December 2020

depreciation
As at 1 January 2020
Charge for the year
Impairment

As at 31 December 2020

net book value
As at 31 December 2020

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Group

Computer
equipment
£’000

Total
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Company

Computer
equipment
£’000

490
347

837

471
65

536

301

338
82

420

222
73

295

125

828
429

1,257

693
138

831

426

490
347

837

462
65

527

310

219
18

237

191
18

209

28

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Group

Computer
equipment
£’000

Total
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Company

Computer
equipment
£’000

490
–

490

223
49
199

471

19

266
72

338

181
41
–

222

116

756
72

828

404
90
199

693

135

490
–

490

214
49
199

462

28

193
26

219

181
10
–

191

28

Total
 £’000

709
365

1,074

653
83

736

338

Total
 £’000

683
26

709

395
59
199

653

56

Notes to the Financial Statements continued 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

103103

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

year ended 31 december 2021

costs
As at 1 January 2021
Additions

As at 31 december 2021

Amortisation
As at 1 January 2021
Charge for the year
Impairment

As at 31 december 2021

net book value
As at 31 december 2021

year ended 31 december 2020

costs
As at 1 January 2020
Additions

As at 31 December 2020

Amortisation
As at 1 January 2020
Charge for the year
Impairment

As at 31 December 2020

net book value
As at 31 December 2020

Hello Student®
website
development
£’000

Group

NAVision1
development
£’000

Company

Total
 £’000

NAVision1
development
£’000

 878 
 – 

 878 

 792 
 86 
–

 878 

 1,641 
 537 

 2,178 

 673 
 187 
–

 860 

 2,519 
 537 

 3,056 

 1,465 
 273 
–

 1,738 

 1,641 
 537 

 2,178 

 673 
 187 
–

 860 

Total
 £’000

 1,641 
 537 

 2,178 

 673 
 187 
–

 860 

–

 1,318 

 1,318 

 1,318 

 1,318 

Group

Company

Hello Student®
application
development
£’000

Hello Student®
website
development
£’000

NAVision1
development
£’000

Total
 £’000

NAVision1
development
£’000

 311 
–

 311 

 311 
–
–

 311 

 878 
–

 878 

 339 
 87 
 366 

 792 

 1,271 
 370 

 1,641 

 191 
 149 
 333 

 673 

 2,460 
 370 

 2,830 

 841 
 236 
 699

 1,776 

1,271
370

1,641

191
149
333

673

Total
 £’000

1,271
370

1,641

191
149
333

673

–

 86 

 968 

 1,054

 968 

 968 

1.  Relates to the development of our accounting system which enables us to bring our revenue management system in-house; see page 31 for detail.

Impairment
Hello Student® website development
During the prior year we conducted a review of our intangible asset relating to the Hello Student® website. As can be seen on page 21, we have 
identified that overhauling our website is a priority. As such, there was an impairment during the prior year writing off £366,000 of costs relating to 
the old website which have been deemed to be obsolete.

NAVision development
During the prior year we launched our new revenue management system, see page 31 for detail. This new system has provided us with a number 
of benefits. As a result of the launch of this new release we conducted a review of our intangible asset relating to the NAVision development. It was 
found that there were a number of costs identified which were for parts of the system no longer in use under the new revenue management system. 
As such, there was an impairment during the prior year writing off £333,000 of costs relating to the items within the NAVision system which were 
replaced by the new system. 

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

104

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

13. INVESTMENT PROPERTY

year ended 31 december 2021

As at 1 January 2021
Property additions
Sale of investment property
Transfer to held for sale asset
Change in fair value during the year

As at 31 december 2021

year ended 31 december 2020

As at 1 January 2020
Property additions
Transfer to/from developments
Change in fair value during the year

As at 31 December 2020

Group

Investment
properties
freehold
£’000

 849,220 
 6,173 
(16,330) 
(25,870) 
 22,259 

Investment
properties
long
leasehold
£’000

Total
operational
assets
£’000

Properties
under
development
£’000

Total
investment
property
£’000

 132,149 
 1,808 
–
–

(2,215) 

 981,369 
 7,981 
(16,330) 
(25,870) 
 20,044 

 23,751 
 7,418 
–
–

(2,477) 

 1,005,120 
 15,399 
(16,330) 
(25,870) 
 17,567 

 835,452 

 131,742 

 967,194 

 28,692 

 995,886 

Group

Investment
properties
freehold
£’000

 861,639 
 3,915 
 13,082 
(29,416) 

Investment
properties
long
leasehold
£’000

Total
operational
assets
£’000

Properties
under
development
£’000

Total
investment
property
£’000

 137,741 
 352 
–

(5,944) 

 999,380 
 4,267 
 13,082 
(35,360) 

 29,700 
 9,376 
(13,082) 
(2,243) 

 1,029,080 
 13,643 
–

(37,603) 

 849,220 

 132,149 

 981,369 

 23,751 

 1,005,120 

During the year £7,981,000 (31 December 2020: £4,267,000) of additions related to expenditure were recognised in the carrying value of 
standing assets.

In accordance with IAS 40, the carrying value of investment property is their fair value as determined by independent external valuers. This 
valuation has been conducted by CBRE Limited, as external valuer, and has been prepared as at 31 December 2021, in accordance with the 
Appraisal & Valuation Standards of the RICS, on the basis of market value. Properties have been valued on an individual basis. This value has been 
incorporated into the financial statements.

The valuation of all property assets uses market evidence and includes assumptions regarding income expectations and yields that investors 
would expect to achieve on those assets over time. Many external economic and market factors, such as interest rate expectations, bond yields, 
the availability and cost of finance and the relative attraction of property against other asset classes, could lead to a reappraisal of the assumptions 
used to arrive at current valuations. In adverse conditions, this reappraisal can lead to a reduction in property values and a loss in Net Asset Value.

The table below reconciles between the fair value of the investment property per the Consolidated Group Statement of Financial Position and 
investment property per the independent valuation performed in respect of each year end.

Value per independent valuation report

Add: Head lease

Deduct: Assets held for sale

Fair value per Group Statement of Financial position

Group

As at
31 December
2021
£’000

As at
31 December
2020
£’000

1,021,288

1,004,651

468

(25,870)

469

–

995,886

1,005,120

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

105105

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Fair Value Hierarchy
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy for investment property:

date of valuation 31 december 2021

Assets measured at fair value:
Student properties
Commercial properties

As at 31 december 2021

date of valuation 31 december 2020

Assets measured at fair value:
Student properties
Commercial properties

As at 31 December 2020

Quoted 
prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
£’000

Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
£’000

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
£’000

–
–

–

–
–

–

1,002,748
19,008

 1,021,756

Total
£’000

1,002,748
19,008

 1,021,756

Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
£’000

Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
£’000

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
£’000

Total
£’000

986,899
18,221

1,005,120

–
–

–

–
–

–

986,899
18,221

1,005,120

There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year, nor have there been any transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 during 
the year.

The valuations have been prepared on the basis of market value which is defined in the RICS Valuation Standards, as:

“The estimated amount for which a property should exchange on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s-length 
transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion.”

Market value as defined in the RICS Valuation Standards is the equivalent of fair value under IFRS.

The following descriptions and definitions relate to valuation techniques and key unobservable inputs made in determining fair values. The 
valuation techniques for student properties uses a discounted cash flow with the following inputs:

(a)  Unobservable input: Rental income 

 The rent at which space could be let in the market conditions prevailing at the date of valuation. Range: £85 per week–£387 per week 
(31 December 2020: £95–£357 per week).

(b)   Unobservable input: Rental growth  

 The estimated average increase in rent based on both market estimations and contractual arrangements. Assumed decline of 1.56% used in 
valuations (31 December 2020: 1.48%).

(c)   Unobservable input: Net initial yield 

 The net initial yield is defined as the initial net income as a percentage of the market value (or purchase price as appropriate) plus standard 
costs of purchase. Range: 4.25%–8.15% (31 December 2020: 4.45%–8.50%). 

(d)   Unobservable input: COVID-19 rent deduction 

 The COVID-19 rent deduction which impacted the 2020 valuation has now fallen away. See prior year annual report for basis of this deduction. 
We have allowed for a total capital deduction totalling £6,368,080 to reflect occupancy shortfall. This is based on CBRE’s market perception 
that 2021/22 is going to be an unaffected year and that no risk deduction in respect of COVID-19 uncertainties is required. 

(e)  Unobservable input: Physical condition of the property

 At the interim we indicated we would spend £30 million on health and safety works over the next five years. CBREs assumption is that  
£17.2 million of this cost should now be reflected in the valuation at the year-end in respect of work on external wall systems and fire stopping 
on buildings over 18 metres. Management has performed a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of a change in their estimate of total costs 
relating to the £17.2 million deduction. A 20% increase in the estimated remaining costs would affect net valuation gains/losses on property in 
the IFRS P&L by £3.4 million and would reduce the Group’s NTA by less than 0.1 pence on a per share basis. Whilst the spend is expected to be 
utilised within two years, there is uncertainty over this timing.

(f)   Unobservable input: Planning consent 

No planning enquiries were undertaken for any of the development properties.

(g)   Sensitivities of measurement of significant unobservable inputs 

 As set out in the significant accounting estimates and judgements, the Group’s portfolio valuation is open to judgements and is inherently 
subjective by nature.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

106

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

13. INVESTMENT PROPERTY  continued
As a result, the following sensitivity analysis has been prepared by the valuer:

As at 31 december 2021

-3% change  
in rental  
income
£’000

+3% change  
in rental  
income
£’000

-0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

+0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

(Decrease)/increase in the fair value of the investment properties

(41,520)

40,710

48,480

(44,900)

As at 31 december 2020

-3% change  
in rental  
income
£’000

+3% change  
in rental  
income
£’000

-0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

+0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

(Decrease)/increase in the fair value of the investment properties

(40,020)

40,060

46,340

(42,230)

(h)   The key assumptions for the commercial properties are net initial yield, current rent and rental growth. A movement of 3% in passing rent and 

0.25% in the net initial yield will not have a material impact on the financial statements.

14. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Amounts owed by property managers
Prepayments
VAT recoverable

Amounts due from Group undertakings

Group

Company

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 2,471 
 1,769 
 8 
 2,949 
 642 

 7,839
–

 2,539 
 1,063 
 6,505 
 4,157 
 246 

 11 
 108 
 - 
 192 
 - 

–
 5 
–
 341 
 7 

 14,510 
–

 311 
 369,048 

 353 
 350,578 

 7,839 

 14,510 

 369,359 

 350,931 

In the Company, amounts owed from Group undertakings are classified as due within one year due to their legal agreements with the debtor, 
however, could be recovered after more than one year should the debtors’ circumstance not permit repayment on demand.

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

At 1 January
(Increase) in provision for receivables impairment

At 31 December

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

(1,449)
(100)

(1,549)

(594)
(855)

(1,449)

Provisions for impaired receivables have been included in property expenses in the income statement. Amounts charged to the impairment 
provision are generally written off, when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the book value of each class of receivable mentioned above and its cash and cash 
equivalents. The Group does not hold any collateral as security, though in some instances students provide guarantors.

Management believes that the concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the Group’s customer base being large, 
unrelated and living with us. As such we have a high level of communication with them.

At 31 December 2021, there were no material trade receivables overdue at the year end, and no aged analysis of trade receivables has been 
included. The carrying value of trade and other receivables classified at amortised cost approximates fair value. The Company performed a review 
of the expected credit loss on the amounts due from Group undertakings; there was no provision made during the year (2020: £nil). There are no 
security obligations related to these amounts due from Group undertakings.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

107107

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

15. ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE
Management considers that five properties meet the conditions relating to assets held for sale, as per IFRS 5: Non-current Assets Held for Sale. 
The properties are expected to be disposed of during the next 12 months. The fair value of properties has been determined by a third-party valuer, 
CBRE.

All non-current assets, of these disposal assets, classified as held for sale are disclosed at their fair value.

These assets were subsequently disposed of on 1 February 2022; see Note 26 Subsequent Events for more detail. 

The fair value of these properties are £25.87 million.

16. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents

17. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Other payables
Accrued expenses
Directors’ bonus accrual

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Group

Company

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 37,127 

 33,927 

 1,977 

 24,775 

Group

Company

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 5,147 
 2,070 
 12,015 
 758 

 3,406 
 1,800 
 9,574 
 747 

 19,990 

 15,527 

 3,309 
 178 
 802 
 758 

 5,047 

–

–

 27,177 

 848 
 251 
 1,072 
 747 

 2,918 

 9,548 

 19,990 

 15,527 

 32,224 

 12,466 

At 31 December 2021, there was deferred rental income of £29,862,000 (31 December 2020: £20,676,000) which was rental income that had been 
booked that relates to future periods.

The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are interest free and repayable on demand.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

108

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

18. BANK BORROWINGS
A summary of the drawn and undrawn bank borrowings in the year is shown below:

At 1 January
Bank borrowings from new facilities in the year
Bank borrowings drawn in the year
Bank borrowings repaid during the year

Group

Bank
borrowings
drawn
31 December  
 2021
£’000

Bank
borrowings
undrawn
31 December 
2021
£’000

Total
31 December 
2021
£’000

Bank
borrowings
drawn

31 December  

 2020
£’000

Bank
borrowings
undrawn
31 December 
2020
£’000

Total
31 December 
2020
£’000

 390,000 
–
–

(15,000) 

 52,500 
–
–
 15,000 

 442,500 
 –
–
–

 355,000 
 52,800 
 25,000 
(42,800) 

 35,000 
 42,500 
(25,000) 

 390,000 
 95,300 
–

–

(42,800) 

At 31 december

 375,000 

 67,500 

 442,500 

 390,000 

 52,500 

 442,500 

In the previous year the Group refinanced two facilities, one with AIB for £32.8 million and the second with FCB for £10 million which was also 
extended to £20 million. In July 2020 we extended our RCF with Lloyd’s Bank from £70 million to £90 million. The Group also entered into a 
development facility with NatWest for £22.5 million during the 2020 financial year. At 31 December 2021 no balance has been drawn down. 

There is an undrawn RCF debt facility available of £45,000,000 at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £30,000,000). The weighted average 
term to maturity of the Group’s debt as at the year end is 4.9 years (31 December 2020: 5.9 years).

Bank borrowings are secured by charges over individual investment properties held by certain asset-holding subsidiaries. These assets have a fair 
value of £977,148,000 at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £952,441,000). In some cases, the lenders also hold charges over the shares of the 
subsidiaries and the intermediary holding companies of those subsidiaries.

The Company has a £20 million unsecured facility with FCB – see above (2020: £20 million) repayable in more than one year, fully drawn. The 
balance net of loan arrangement fees carried as at 31 December 2021 was £19,980,000 (31 December 2020: £19,961,000).

Any associated fees in arranging the bank borrowings unamortised as at the year end are offset against amounts drawn on the facilities as shown in 
the table below:

non-current

Balance brought forward
Total bank borrowings in the year
Less: Bank borrowings becoming current in the year
Less: Bank borrowings repaid during the year

Bank borrowings drawn: due in more than one year
Less: Unamortised costs

Bank borrowings due in more than one year

current

Balance brought forward
Less: Bank borrowings repaid during the year
Bank borrowings becoming current in the year

Bank borrowings drawn: due in less than one year

Less: Unamortised costs

Bank borrowings due in less than one year

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 390,000 
 – 
(45,000) 
(15,000) 

 330,000 
(3,756) 

 312,200 
 77,800 
–
–

 390,000 
(4,734) 

 326,244 

 385,266 

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

–
–
 45,000 

 45,000 

(288) 

 44,712 

 42,800 
(42,800) 

–

–

–

–

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

109109

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

Maturity of Bank Borrowings

Repayable in less than one year
Repayable between one and two years
Repayable between two and five years
Repayable in over five years

Bank borrowings

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 45,000 
 20,000 
 52,800 
 257,200 

 –
–
 132,800 
 257,200 

 375,000 

 390,000 

Each of the Group’s facilities has an interest charge which is payable quarterly. Four of the facilities have an interest charge that is based on a margin 
above SONIA whilst the other five facility interest charges are fixed at 3.97%, 3.52%, 3.24%, 3.64% and 3.20%. The weighted average rate payable 
by the Group on its investment debt portfolio as at the year end was 3.00% (31 December 2020: 2.90%). All variable rate loans have transitioned 
from LIBOR + margin to SONIA + margin, with the margin set at a rate that is intended to give an overall return to the lender equivalent to the LIBOR 
linked rate.

19. SHARE CAPITAL

Balance brought forward

Share options exercised

Balance carried forward

Group and Company

Group and Company

31 December
2021
Number

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
Number

31 December
2020
£’000

 603,160,940 

 42,112 

6,032

–

 603,160,940 
–

 603,203,052 

6,032

 603,160,940 

 6,032 
–

 6,032 

During the year there was one issue of 42,112 shares, on 2 June 2021, these related to an issue to an ex-Director under the deferred bonus scheme. 

20. SHARE PREMIUM
The share premium relates to amounts subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value:

Balance brought forward
Share premium on share options exercised

Balance carried forward

21. CAPITAL REDUCTION RESERVE

Balance brought forward
Less interim dividends declared and paid per Note 10

Balance carried forward

The capital reduction reserve account is a distributable reserve.

Refer to Note 10 for details of the declaration of dividends to shareholders.

Group and Company

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

257
38

295

257
–

257

Group and Company

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 475,038 
(15,080) 

482,578
(7,540)

 459,958 

475,038

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

110

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

22. LEASING AGREEMENTS
Future total minimum lease receivables under non-cancellable operating leases on investment properties are as follows:

Less than one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
More than five years

total

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 42,888 
 1,353 
 1,352 
 1,331 
 1,271 
 7,759 

39,625
1,169
1,123
1,102
1,042
6,269

 55,954 

50,330

The above relates to commercial leases and nomination agreements with UK universities in place as at 31 December 2021. The impact of student 
leases for the forthcoming academic year signed by 31 December 2021 have not been included as the certainty of income does not arise until the 
tenant takes occupation of the accommodation. As at 31 December 2021, £32,038,000 (31 December 2020: £17,689,000) of the future minimum 
lease receivables have been received as cash.

23. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
There were no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £nil).

24. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
The Group had capital commitments relating to developments totalling £8,567,000 at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: £11,331,000).

25. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
Key Management Personnel
Key management personnel are considered to comprise the Board of Directors. Please refer to Note 6 for details of the remuneration for the 
key management.

Share Capital
There were no share transactions with related parties during the year ended 31 December 2021.

Share-based Payments
On 22 April 2021, the Company granted nil-cost options over a total of 1,432,400 (Duncan Garrood 800,000 and Lynne Fennah 632,400) ordinary 
shares pursuant to the Empiric 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2021 financial year. 

Details of the Director share ownership and dividends received are detailed on page 74.

Details of the shares granted and exercised are outlined in Note 27.

26. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On 1 February 2022 the Group sold five properties for a total of £27 million. The sale price was in line with the market value as at 31 December 2021.
On 7 February 2022 the Group purchased one asset in Bristol for £19 million.

Notes to the Financial Statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

111111

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

27. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The Company operates two equity-settled share-based remuneration schemes for Executive Directors under the deferred annual bonus and LTIP. 
The details of the schemes are included in the Remuneration Committee Report.

Issued
On 22 April 2021, the Company granted nil-cost options over a total of 1,432,400 (Duncan Garrood 800,000 and Lynne Fennah 632,400) ordinary 
shares pursuant to the Empiric 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2021 financial year. 

During the year, the Company granted nil-cost options over a total of 293,177 ordinary shares to members of the Senior Leadership Team pursuant 
to the Empiric 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2021 financial year. 

Of the nil-cost options, 52,115 are currently exercisable. The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options was 1.7 years (2020: 1.7 
years).   

During the year to 31 December 2021 the amount recognised relating to the options was £204,000 (2020: £29,000). 

The awards have the benefit of dividend equivalence. The Remuneration Committee will determine on or before vesting whether the dividend 
equivalent will be provided in the form of cash and/or shares.

Outstanding number brought forward
Granted during the period
Vested and exercised during the period
Lapsed during the period

31/12/2021

31/12/2020

31/12/2019

31/12/2018

31/12/2017

31/12/2016

 2,314,539 
 1,725,577 
(35,779)
(558,017)

 1,250,045 
 1,064,494 
–
–

 1,051,708 
 604,134 
(129,253)
(276,544)

 1,477,817 
 439,022 
(139,325)
(725,806)

 3,913,420 
 207,198 
(691,237)
(1,951,564)

 2,880,391 
 1,033,029 
–
–

outstanding number carried forward

 3,446,320 

 2,314,539 

 1,250,045 

 1,051,708 

 1,477,817 

 3,913,420 

The fair value on date of grant for the nil-cost options under the 2018-22 LTIP Awards and Annual Bonus Awards were priced using the Monte Carlo 
pricing model.

The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of these nil-cost options in the year:

(a) Weighted average share price at grant date of
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)

Exercise price of
Contractual life of
Expected volatility of
Expected dividend yield of
Risk-free rate of
The volatility assumption is based on a statistical analysis of daily share prices of comparator companies over the last three years
The TSR performance conditions have been considered when assessing the fair value of the options

Annual Bonus 
Award

 0.88 
£nil
3 years
26.30%
2.84%
0.09%

28. FinAnciAl riSK mAnAGE mEnt
Financial Instruments
The Group’s principal financial assets and liabilities are those which arise directly from its operations: trade and other receivables, trade and other 
payables; and cash and cash equivalents. Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair value of the Group’s financial 
instruments that are shown in the financial statements:

Reconciliation of liabilities to cash flows from financing activities 

Bank borrowings and leasehold liability at start of the year

Cash flows from financing activities
Bank borrowings drawn
Bank borrowings repaid
Loan arrangement fees paid

Non-cash movements
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees
Recognition of lease liabilities

Bank borrowings and leasehold liability at end of the year

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 385,266 

 349,771 

 - 
(15,000) 
(168)

 77,800 
(42,800) 
(1,008) 

 815 
 1,114 

 1,503 
 - 

 372,027 

 385,266 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

112

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

28. FinAnciAl riSK mAnAGE mEnt continued
Risk Management
The Company and Group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.
The Board of Directors oversees the management of these risks.
The Board of Directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below.

(a) Market Risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair values of financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. The financial instruments held 
by the Company and Group that are affected by market risk are principally the Company and Group bank balances along with the interest rate 
derivatives (swap and cap) entered into to mitigate interest rate risk.

(b) Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company and Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual 
obligations. The Company and Group is exposed to credit risks from both its leasing activities and financing activities, including deposits with banks 
and financial institutions.

The Group has established a credit policy under which each new tenant is assessed based on an extensive credit rating scorecard at the time of 
entering into a lease agreement.

The Group’s review includes external rating, when available, and in some cases bank references. 

The Group determines concentrations of credit risk by monthly monitoring the creditworthiness rating of existing customers and through a monthly 
review of the trade receivables’ ageing analysis.

Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions. For banks and financial institutions, only 
independently rated parties with minimum rating “B” are accepted.

Further disclosures regarding trade and other receivables, which are neither past due nor impaired, are provided in Note 14.

(i) Tenant Receivables
Tenant receivables, primarily tenant rentals, are presented in the Group Statement of Financial Position net of allowances for doubtful receivables 
and are monitored on a case-by-case basis. Credit risk is primarily managed by requiring tenants to pay rentals in advance and performing tests 
around strength of covenant prior to acquisition. There are no trade receivables past due as at the year end.

(ii) Credit Risk Related to Financial Instruments and Cash Deposits
One of the principal credit risks of the Company and Group arises with the banks and financial institutions. The Board of Directors believes that 
the credit risk on short-term deposits and current account cash balances are limited because the counterparties are banks, which are committed 
lenders to the Company and Group, with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

credit ratings (moody’s)

AIB Group
Canada Life
Mass Mutual
Scottish Widows
Lloyd’s Bank Plc

Long-term

Outlook

 Baa1 
 Aa3 
 Aa3 
 A2 
 A2 

 Stable 
 Stable 
 Stable 
 Stable 
 Stable 

(c) Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Company and Group management of working capital, and going forward, the finance charges and principal repayments 
on any borrowings, of which currently there are none. It is the risk that the Company and Group will encounter difficulty in meeting their financial 
obligations as they fall due as the majority of the Company and Group assets are property investments and are therefore not readily realisable. 
The Company and Group objective is to ensure they have sufficient available funds for their operations and to fund their capital expenditure. This is 
achieved by continuous monitoring of forecast and actual cash flows by management.

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

113113

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

The following table sets out the contractual obligations (representing undiscounted contractual cash flows) of financial liabilities:

At 31 december 2021
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

At 31 December 2020
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

At 31 december 2021
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

At 31 December 2020
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

Group

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

 3,182 
 19,990 

 54,379 
–

 194,206 
–

 189,087 
–

 440,854 
 19,990 

 23,172 

 54,379 

 194,206 

 189,087 

 460,844 

Group

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

3,021
15,527

18,548

9,063
–

9,063

199,749
–

283,925
–

495,758
15,527

199,749

283,925

511,285

Company

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

 119 
 5,047 

 5,166 

 357 
–

 357 

 20,076 
–

 20,076 

–
–

–

 20,552 
 5,047 

 25,599 

Company

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

96
2,918

3,014

289
–

289

20,447
–

20,447

–
–

–

20,832
2,918

23,750

29. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management are to ensure that it remains a going concern and continues to qualify for UK REIT status.

The Board of Directors monitors and reviews the Group’s capital so as to promote the long-term success of the business, facilitate expansion and to 
maintain sustainable returns for shareholders.

Capital consists of ordinary shares, other capital reserves and retained earnings.

30. SUBSIDIARIES
Those subsidiaries listed below are considered to be all subsidiaries of the Company at 31 December 2021, with the shares issued being ordinary 
shares. All subsidiaries are registered in London at the following address: 1st Floor Hop Yard Studios, 72 Borough High Street, London, SE1 1XF.

In each case the country of incorporation is England and Wales.

As at 1 January
Additions in the year
Disposals

Balance at 31 december

Company

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

187,598
–
–

81,686
106,215
(303)

187,598

187,598

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

114

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

During the prior year there were a number of subsidiaries which moved around the Group, due to reorganisations relating to debt; these were all 
non-cash movements whereby the plc forgave intercompany debt owned by subsidiaries in return for the issue of further shares.

company

Brunswick Contracting Limited
Empiric (Alwyn Court) Limited
Empiric (Baptists Chapel) Limited
Empiric (Bath Canalside) Limited
Empiric (Bath James House) Limited
Empiric (Bath JSW) Limited
Empiric (Bath Oolite Road) Limited
Empiric (Bath Piccadilly Place) Limited
Empiric (Birmingham Emporium) Limited
Empiric (Birmingham) Limited
Empiric (Bristol St Mary’s) Limited
Empiric (Bristol St Mary’s) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Bristol) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Bristol) Limited
Empiric (Buccleuch Street) Limited
Empiric (Canterbury Franciscans) Limited
Empiric (Canterbury Pavilion Court) Limited
Empiric (Cardiff Wndsr House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Cardiff Wndsr House) Limited
Empiric (Centro Court) Limited
Empiric (Claremont Newcastle) Limited
Empiric (College Green) Limited
Empiric (Developments) Limited
Empiric (Durham St Margarets) Limited
Empiric (Edge Apartments) Limited
Empiric (Edinburgh KSR) Limited
Empiric (Edinburgh KSR) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Exeter Bishop Blackall School) Limited
Empiric (Exeter Bonhay Road) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Exeter Bonhay Road) Limited
Empiric (Exeter City Service) Limited
Empiric (Exeter DCL) Limited
Empiric (Exeter Isca Lofts) Limited
Empiric (Exeter LL) Limited
Empiric (Falmouth Maritime Studios) Limited
Empiric (Falmouth Ocean Bowl) Limited
Empiric (Falmouth Ocean Bowl) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow Ballet School) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow Bath St) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George Square) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George Square) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George St) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George St) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow) Limited
Empiric (Hatfield CP) Limited
Empiric (Huddersfield Oldgate House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Huddersfield Oldgate House) Limited
Empiric (Huddersfield Snow Island) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Lancaster Penny Street 1) Limited
Empiric (Lancaster Penny Street 2) Limited
Empiric (Lancaster Penny Street 3) Limited
Empiric (Leeds Algernon) Limited
Empiric (Leeds Mary Morris) Limited
Empiric (Leeds Pennine House) Limited
Empiric (Leeds St Marks) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 134 New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 136-138 New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 140-142 New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 160 Upper New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Bede Park) Limited

Status

Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active

ownership

principal activity

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Property Contracting
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Development Management
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

115115

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

30. SUBSIDIARIES continued 
company

Empiric (Leicester De Montfort Square) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Hosiery Factory) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Peacock Lane) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Shoe & Boot Factory) Limited
Empiric (Leicester West Walk) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Art School/Maple House) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Chatham Lodge) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Grove Street) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Hahnemann Building) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Octagon/Hayward) Limited
Empiric (London Camberwell) Limited
Empiric (London Francis Gardner) Limited
Empiric (London Road) Limited
Empiric (Manchester Ladybarn) Limited
Empiric (Manchester Victoria Point) Limited
Empiric (Newcastle Metrovick) Limited
Empiric (Northgate House) Limited
Empiric (Nottingham 95 Talbot) Limited
Empiric (Nottingham Frontage) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Nottingham Frontage) Limited
Empiric (Oxford Stonemason) Limited
Empiric (Picturehouse Apartments) Limited
Empiric (Portobello House) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Elm Grove Library) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Europa House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Europa House) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Kingsway House) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Registry) Limited
Empiric (Provincial House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Provincial House) Limited
Empiric (Reading Saxon Court) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Reading Saxon Court) Limited
Empiric (Snow Island) Limited
Empiric (Southampton) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Southampton) Limited
Empiric (Southampton Emily Davies) Limited
Empiric (St Andrews Ayton House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (St Andrews Ayton House) Limited
Empiric (St Peter Street) Limited
Empiric (Stirling Forthside) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Stirling Forthside) Limited
Empiric (Stoke Caledonia Mill) Limited
Empiric (Summit House) Limited
Empiric (Talbot Studios) Limited
Empiric (Trippet Lane) Limited
Empiric (Twickenham Grosvenor Hall) Limited
Empiric (York Foss Studios 1) Limited
Empiric (York Lawrence Street) Limited
Empiric (York Percy’s Lane) Limited
Empiric Acquisitions Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Five) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Four) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Six) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Three) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Two) Limited
Empiric Investments (Five) Limited
Empiric Investments (Four) Limited
Empiric Investments (One) Limited
Empiric Investments (Six) Limited
Empiric Investments (Three) Limited
Empiric Investments (Two) Limited
Empiric Investments (Seven) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Seven) Limited

Status

Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Dormant

ownership

principal activity

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Immediate Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Holding Company

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

116

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

company

Empiric Student Property Trustees Limited
Empiric (Edinburgh South Bridge) Limited
Hello Student® Management Limited

Status

Active
Active
Active

ownership

principal activity

100%
100%
100%

Trustee of EBT
Property Investment
Property Management

31. ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The below sets out our alternative performance measures.

Gross margin – Gross profit expressed as a percentage of rental income. A key business KPI to monitor how efficiently we are running our buildings.

Gross margin

Revenue
Property Expenses

net rental income

Gross margin calculated as net rental income/revenue

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

 55,967 
(23,061) 

59,444 
(22,651) 

 32,906

58.8%

36,793

61.9%

total return (“tr”) – The growth of NAV per share plus dividends per share measured as a percentage. A key business KPI to monitor the level of 
overall return the Group is generating.

total return

NAV per share brought forward
NAV per share carried forward

nAV growth per share in period

Dividend per share

dividends plus nAV Growth in period per share

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

105.00
107.36 

110.21
 105.00 

2.36

2.50

4.86

(5.21)

1.25

(3.96)

total return calculated as dividends plus nAV Growth in period per share/ nAV brought forward

4.6%

(3.6%)

loan-to-value (“ltV”) – A measure of borrowings used by property investment companies calculated as total drawn borrowings, net of cash, as a 
percentage of Property Value. A key business KPI to ensure we stay in line with our long-term target of 35%.

loan to value (“ltV”)

Drawn borrowings
Less cash held at the year end

net borrowings

Property valuation

ltV calculated as net borrowings / property valuation

Group

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

(375,000)
 37,127 

(390,000)
33,927

337,873

356,073

1,021,288

1,004,651

33.1%

35.4%

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedAnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

117117

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

definitions

Adjusted EpS – Adjusted earnings per share is a performance measure used by the Board to assess the Group’s dividend payments. Licence fees, 
development rebates, rental guarantees and cumulative gains made on disposals of assets are added to EPRA earnings on the basis noted below 
as the Board sees these cash flows as supportive of dividend payments. This is then divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the period (refer to Note 8).

Alternative performance measures (“Apm”) – The Group uses alternative performance measures, including the European Public Real Estate 
(“EPRA”) Best Practice Recommendations (“BPR”), to supplement IFRS as the Board considers that these measures give users of the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements the best understanding of the underlying performance of the Group’s property portfolio.
The EPRA measures are widely recognised and used by public real estate companies and investors and seek to improve transparency, 
comparability and relevance of published results in the sector.
Reconciliations between EPRA and other alternative performance measures and the IFRS financial statements can be found in Notes 8 and 9 and in 
the definitions below.

AnuK – Accreditation Network UK is a central resource for tenants, landlords and scheme operators interested in accreditation of private rented 
housing.

Average interest cost – The weighted interest cost of our drawn debt portfolio at the balance sheet date.

Average term of debt – The weighted average term of our debt facilities at the balance sheet date.

Basic EpS – The earnings attributed to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the 
period (refer to Note 8).

colleague Engagement – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as per the results of our biannual colleague engagement surveys.

company – Empiric Student Property plc.

customer Happiness – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated per the results of our biannual customer surveys.

dividend cover – Adjusted earnings divided by dividend paid during the year.

EprA – European Public Real Estate Association.

EprA EpS – Reported on the basis recommended for real estate companies by EPRA (refer to Note 8).

EprA nAV – EPRA NAV is calculated as net assets per the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position excluding fair value adjustments for debt-
related derivatives (refer to Note 9).

EprA net disposal Value (“ndV”) – Represents the shareholders’ value under a disposal scenario, where deferred tax, financial instruments and 
certain other adjustments are calculated to the full extent of their liability, net of any resulting tax. As the Group is a REIT, no adjustment is made for 
deferred tax.

EprA net reinvestment Value (“nrV”) – Assumes that entities never sell assets and aims to represent the value required to rebuild the entity.

EprA net tangible Assets (“ntA”) – Assumes that entities buy and sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable deferred tax.

Eu – European Union. 

Executive team – The Executive Directors made up of the CEO and CFO/CSO.

GHG – Greenhouse gas.

Gross Asset Value or GAV – The total value of the Group’s wholly owned property portfolio (refer to Note 13).

Gross rent – The total rents achievable if the portfolio was 100% occupied for an academic year.

Gross margin – Gross profit expressed as a percentage of rental income.

Group – Empiric Student Property plc and its subsidiaries.

Hello Student® platform – Our customer-facing brand and operating system which we operate all of our buildings under.

HE – Higher education.

Hmo – Homes of multiple occupants.

iASB – International Accounting Standards Board.

iFrS – International Financial Reporting Standards.

ipo – The Group’s Initial Public Offering in June 2014.

liBor – London interbank offered rate.

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

118

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

definitions continued

loan-to-value or ltV – A measure of borrowings used by property investment companies calculated as total drawn borrowings, net of cash, as a 
percentage of Property Value (refer to Notes 13 and 17).

net Asset Value or nAV – Net Asset Value is the net assets in the Statement of Financial Position attributable to ordinary equity holders.

non-pid – Non-property income distribution.

pBSA – Purpose Built Student Accommodation.

pid – Property income distribution.

rcF – Revolving credit facility.

rebooker rate – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as the percentage of students staying with us in the previous year who chose to stay living 
with us for another academic year.

rEit – Real estate investment trust.

revenue occupancy – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as the percentage of our Gross Annualised Revenue we have achieved for an 
academic year.

ricS – Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

Safety – Number of accidents – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as the number of RIDDOR accidents reported to the Health and Safety 
Executive.

Senior leadership team – The senior management team which sits beneath the Executive Team and is made up of the six department heads.

SoniA – Sterling Over Night Index Average is the effective reference for overnight indexed swaps for unsecured transactions in the Sterling 
market. The SONIA itself is a risk-free rate.

the code – UK Code of Corporate Governance, as published in 2018.

total return (“tr” or “tAr”) – The growth of NAV per share plus dividends per share measured as a percentage. 

total Shareholder return – Share price growth with dividends deemed to be reinvested on the dividend payment date.

uKlA – United Kingdom Listing Authority.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021 

119119

 FinAnciAl StAtEmEntS

company information and corporate Advisers

Company Registration Number: 08886906 
Incorporated in the UK 
(Registered in England)

Empiric Student Property plc is a public company limited by shares

Registered Office
1st Floor Hop Yard Studios, 
72 Borough High Street, 
London, SE1 1XF

dirEctorS And AdViSErS

directors
Mark Pain (Chairman) 
Duncan Garrood (Chief Executive Officer) 
Lynne Fennah (Chief Financial and Sustainability Officer) 
Martin Ratchford (Non-Executive Director) 
Stuart Beevor (Non-Executive Director) 
Alice Avis (Non-Executive Director)

Broker and Joint Financial Adviser
Jefferies International Ltd 
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London EC4V 3BJ

Broker and Joint Financial Adviser
RBC Europe Limited 
Riverbank House 
2 Swan Lane 
London EC4R 3BF

legal Adviser to the company
Gowling WLG (UK) LLP 
4 More London Riverside 
London SE1 2AU

company Secretary
Throgmorton UK Limited 
6th Floor, 140 London Wall, 
London, EC2Y 5DN

registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Auditor
BDO LLP 
55 Baker Street 
London W1U 7EU

communications Adviser
Maitland/AMO
3 Pancras Square
London N1C 4AG

Valuer
CBRE Limited 
Henrietta House 
Henrietta Place 
London W1G 0NB

Empiric StudEnt propErty plc 

120

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2021

notes

E

m

p

i

r

i

c

S

t

u

d

E

n

t

p

r

o

p

E

r

t

y

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

A

l

r

E

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

S

2

0

2

1

Empiric Student property plc
1st Floor Hop Yard Studios
72 Borough High Street
London
SE1 1XF
T +44 (020 8078 8791
E info@empiric.co.uk

more information on
www.empiric.co.uk